25A-185 (17) ROW 2 . An exterior security lighting system shall be
installed. with 100W high pressure sodium
wallpacks above all egress doors or 100 ' -0" on
center for the building perimeter system.
+ + END OF SPECIFICATION + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-12
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
2 . Submit calculations and layout drawing based
on the space ambient temperature, floor
insulation, and slab construction. The design
criteria shall be a minimum temperature of 80
degrees F. or six watts per square foot .
3 . The cable shall be installed in conduits on
spacing determined by an application-specific,
steady state, finite difference thermal
analysis of the floor to be warmed.
4 . The system shall utilize a self regulating
heating cable and shall be the RaySol 1 or
Raysol 2 cable or equal . Constant wattage
cable shall not be an acceptable cable.
5. The cable shall be installed, tested, and
accepted in the presence of a manufacturer' s
authorized representative to insure proper
performance. The owner shall receive three (3)
Operations and Maintenance manuals after the
system is accepted and turned over.
N. EXTERIOR/SITE LIGHTING
1. The parking areas and entrance walkways shall
be illuminated using pole mounted high pressure
sodium lights on top of 30 ' -0" poles. The
lighting criteria for this site lighting shall
be average minimum maintained illumination
level of 0 . 5 footcandles. The poles shall be
round tapered steel poles . The pole bases
shall be constructed of 3000PSI concrete with
#3 re-bar inside the pole bases. The bases
shall be installed with 60" of concrete base
below the grade. The base shall be extend 30"
above grade in auto parking areas and 60" above
grade in truck parking areas.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-11
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
freezer panel . The 1/2" air space around the
conduit shall be filled with urethane foam,
and all conduit bodies shall be filled with
duct seal following a successful system test
for all air units, subfloor heating conduits,
etc. Butt joints or cracks shall then be
sealed by caulking with a compatible
nonhardening sealant . This is applicable
everywhere there is penetration between an
unconditioned space and a cooler or freezer
space or if there is a design temperature
difference of 20°F between adjacent spaces.
All penetrations in freezer walls shall
conform. No conduit shall penetrate the roof
above in a cooler or freezer space .
L. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
A class A supervised non-coded multizonefire alarm
system shall be installed. The system shall include
manual pull stations, waterflow detection devices,
post indicator valve tamper switches, combination
horn/light units, main control panel, and an
annunciator panel. The system shall have provisions
to report an alarm condition at a remote location
through an automated dialer. The system shall
include battery capacity to operate for a period of
24 hours. The system shall be manufactured by
Edwards or Simplex and shall be in full compliance
with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) .
M. ELECTRIC UNDERFLOOR HEATING SYSTEM
1. Design, provide and install an underfloor
heating system as manufactured by Raychem
Raysol underfloor warming system.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-10
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
. I . TELEPHONE OUTLETS
1. The electrical contractor shall provide and
install outlet boxes for telephone as
requested by the owner. Provide 3/4" conduit
with pullcord for outlets to main telephone
backboard.
J. FIELD COORDINATION
1. The electrical contractor shall be responsible
for coordinating all aspects of the project in
the field. The engineer shall be notified of
any discrepancy between installed equipment
and designed equipment prior to installation
of electrical devices . The electrical
contractor shall be responsible for all the
costs to remove or modify electrical devices
which are inadequate but installed without
this field coordination.
2 . Particular field coordination attention should
be used for the Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire
Protection and Refrigeration systems and
equipment shop drawings for these systems
should be obtained and reviewed by the
electrical contractor prior to installation of
the electrical devices.
K. COOLER/FREEZER PENETRATIONS
1. Freezer wall and/or roof penetrations shall
not be sleeved. The electrical Contractor
shall drill his access hole 1" larger that the
conduits outside diameter through the foam
insulated panels. A conduit body shall be
installed to the warm side of this panel. The
conduit through the panel wall shall not be
PVC. Polystyrene insulation is to extend 30"
to the warm side completely covering the
conduit body and 6" to cold side of the
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
2 . Fusible Disconnect switch shall disconnect all
underground conductors and shall be supplied
with the proper sized fuse clips and fuses.
Fuse size: over frame size shall be noted on
the drawings. Fuses shall be current limiting
low peak dual element Type K-5 fuses.
3 . Disconnect switches shall be Square D, General
Electric, or Siemens. All disconnect switches
shall be identified in accordance with the
" Identification" section of these
specifications and Article 110-22 of the
National Electrical Code.
H. WIRING DEVICES
1. Receptacles and wall switches shall be of the
type and size indicated on the drawings .
Equal quality devices manufactured by Bryant,
Hubbell or P&S may be used.
a. All switches shall be 20 amp 120/277 volt
specification grade with gray handles
unless otherwise noted. Number of poles
shall be as indicated on drawings.
b. Duplex outlets shall be 20 amps 125 volt
A.C. 3-wire specification grade straight
blade with gray face unless otherwise
noted on the drawings .
C. GFCI type duplex outlets shall be 20 amp,
125 volt A.C. 3-wire specification grade
straight blade with gray face and red
colored "push to test" and "reset"
buttons .
2 . Device plates shall be a brushed stainless
steel finish.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
5 . Typewritten directories shall be provided by
the Contractor for all panelboards .
6 . The existing switchboards are manufactured by
General Electric and the feeder breakers will
as manufactured by General Electric and match
the existing breakers in type, AIC rating, and
other characteristics.
F. LIGHTING FIXTURES
1. Light fixtures shall be submitted along with
calculations to the engineer for approval .
2 . Ballasts provided with fixtures shall be ETL-
CBM approved, high power factor, with U.L.
label . All ballasts for rapid start lamps
shall be premium class P. Ballasts shall be
for the voltage of the circuit to which
connected. Ballasts shall be provided for all
fluorescent and high intensity discharge
lamps . Each ballast shall be protected by an
internal fast blowing fuse. Contractor to
provide proper fuses .
3 . Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures .
G. DISCONNECT SWITCHES
1. Non-fused disconnect switches shall be
provided for all motors located out of sight
of motor controller and where specifically
indicated on the drawings. Disconnect
switches shall disconnect all ungrounded
conductors. When exposed to weather,
enclosure shall be NEMA 3R; otherwise,
enclosure shall be a NEMA 1 . Switches shall
be installed to be fully accessible in
accordance with Article 110-16 of the National
Electrical Code.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
conductors in panelboards, safety switches, or
motor control enclosures . Splices in
conductors No. 10 AWG or smaller shall be made
with Skotchlok insulated spring connectors,
Ideal wrap-cap insulating caps . Splices in
conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made
with split bolt connectors taped with No. 88
plastic electrical tape unless splices are
specifically indicated to be made with
crimping sleeve applied to conductors with
hydraulically operated crimping tool .
D. JUNCTION BOXES
All junction boxes shall be constructed of code
gauge galvanized sheet steel and comply with
Article #70 of the National Electrical Code, for
the number, size and position of conduits entering
the box, size of box and maximum number of
conductors in a box.
E. PANELBOARDS
1. Shall be as specified on the drawings.
2 . Shall be bolt-in circuit breaker type with a
rated main breaker or rated main lugs only as
noted on drawings. All shall have U.L.
approved interrupting capacity as indicated on
the drawings. All multiple breakers shall be
common trip type only. Ground fault circuit
interrupter and type HACR breakers shall be
provided where specifically indicated.
3 . Side and gutters shall have minimum code
clearances. Depth shall be 5-3/4" minimum.
4 . Approved manufacturers are: Square D, General
Electric, and Siemens .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
2 . All branch circuits shall be minimum of #12
AWG solid copper except for motor leads, which
shall be a minimum #12 AWG stranded copper,
unless otherwise noted on drawings.
3 . All branch circuit feeder conductors, No. 8
AWG and smaller, shall be color coded as
follows : Phase A - black; Phase B - red;
Neutral - white; Ground - green.
4 . All branch conduit conductors shall be
connected, as indicated on the drawings .
Common neutrals and ground wires may be pulled
in conduits where only opposite phase
conductors are run. All conduits shall have a
ground wire pulled and shall comply with
Article #250 of the National Electric Code.
5. All feeder and branch circuit conductors No. 6
AWG and :larger shall be phase identified in
each accessible enclosure by one inch wide
plastic tape attached to conductors in a
readily visible location. Tape colors shall
match color code requirements specified
herein.
6 . Connections between fixture junction box and
fixture shall be made with No. 16 AWG silicone
rubber insulated stranded fixture wire, Type
SFF-2 (150°C) or No. 16 AWG thermoplastic,
nylon jacketed stranded fixture wire, Type
THHN (90°C) . Color code as specified herein
shall not be required for fixture wire;
however, neutral and ground conductors
shall be identified distinctly from phase
conductors as per the above specifications.
7. Splices in conductors shall be made only
within junction boxes, wiring troughs and
other enclosures as permitted by the National
Electrical Code, 1993 Edition. Do not splice
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
the National Electrical Code or be
Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) and shall be
ferrous galvanized conduit and shall comply
with Article #345 of the National Electrical
Code or be rigid steel conduit and shall be
ferrous galvanized conduit and shall comply
with Article #346 of the National Electrical
Code. EMT shall not be allowed below 10 ' -0"
above finished floor in the warehouse areas or
cooler freezer. Rigid galvanized steel shall
be used in these cases.
2 . Flexible metal conduit shall be used from
junction boxes to corresponding recessed
lighting fixtures and shall comply with
Article #350 of the National Electrical Code.
3 . Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall be
used for outdoor exposed connections to ground
or roof mounted equipment and comply with
Article #351 of the National Electrical Code.
4 . Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be PVC
Schedule 40 and shall comply with Article #347
of the National Electric Code.
5. All fittings shall be compression type
fittings. Set screw fittings shall not be
allowed in any area.
C. CONDUCTORS
1. All conductors shall have 600 volt type
THHN/THWN installation except where noted on
drawings. Conductors installed where fixtures
are used as raceways shall be 90°C Type THHN or
XHHN.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
1. Panelboard shop drawings and circuit
directories reflecting all field changes .
2 . Data sheets indicating electrical
characteristics of all devices and equipment .
VIII . ELECTRICAL SERVICE
A. Electrical service shall be as indicated on the
drawings . Service shall originate as shown on the
drawings.
IX. GUARANTEE
Work shall be guaranteed for a one (1) year period.
X. SPECIFICATIONS
A. GROUNDING
1. Shall comply with article #250 of the National
Electrical Code and all state and local codes
and requirements of the utility company
providing services and shall be provided as
per these specifications and the drawings .
2 . The building electrical system shall be
grounded, supplemented with equipment
grounding systems. All non-current carrying
parts of the electrical system, i.e. raceways,
equipment enclosures, frames, junction and
outlet boxes, and other conductive items in
close proximity with electrical circuits,
shall be grounded to provide a low impedance
path for potential ground faults.
B. RACEWAYS
1 . All raceways shall be Electrical Metallic
Tubing (EMT) and shall be ferrous galvanized
conduit and shall comply with Article #348 of
" FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
IV. SHOP DRAWINGS
Six sets shall be submitted by the contractor for
panelboards, lighting fixtures, disconnect switches,
circuit breakers, timers, photocells, lighting
calculations and layout, power calculations and layout,
fire alarm system components and layout, underfloor
heating system components and layout, and any other
calculations pertinent to the project design and
installation.
V. SUBSTITUTIONS
All cost incurred by the acceptance of substitutions
shall be borne by the Contractor. Proof of equality for
all substitutions shall be by the Contractor.
VI . U.L. APPROVAL
All electrical items covered by this specification shall
be U.L. labeled and listed for their specific use.
VII . TEST
A. Upon completion of the work, a test of the
individual systems including all feeders, service,
branches, outlets, lighting, motors apparatus and
appliances, to assure operation is in compliance
with these specifications and the drawings .
B. Contractor shall provide all instruments, labor and
materials for any essential intermediate and final
tests to provide compliance with these
specifications.
C. At the time of the final inspection, the Contractor
shall provide three (3) sets of complete data on
electrical equipment used in the project. This
data shall be in bound form and shall included, but
not be limited to, the following items :
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS
I . SCOPE
To install all electrical work covered by the below
specifications and contract documents Provide all
material, labor, transportation, tools, supervision,
etc. , necessary to complete the total electrical job.
All items not specifically mentioned herein which are
obviously necessary to make a complete working
installation, shall be provided by the contractor,
including any necessary field engineering and\or detail
drawings required. Drawings shall be submitted for
approval as provided for in "Shop Drawings" .
II . CODES AND FEES
All work shall be done in accordance with the
requirements of the National Electrical Code, N.F. P.A.
#70, 1993 Edition, National Electrical Safety Code, ANSI
C-2 1990 Edition and all local and state codes and
regulations. The contractor shall obtain and pay for all
permits and inspections required by the building and
safety codes, and ordinances, and the rules and
regulations of any legal body having jurisdiction. The
contractor shall provide any documents required for
permitting including the seal and signature of a
registered professional engineer.
III . WORKMANSHIP
All work shall be neatly, orderly, and securely installed
with conduits, panels, boxes, switches, etc. ,
perpendicular and/or parallel with the principal
structural members, and shall be left in proper working
order.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
Oki 5. Pipe and Conduit Penetrations
A. All NON-INSULATED PIPE and conduit which
penetrates an INSULATED WALL shall be
insulated with a MINIMUM of 2" thick pipe
insulation. Insulation shall project a
minimum of 30" on the warm side and 6" on
the cold side of the wall. Insulation
shall be capped and vapor sealed on both
ends to the pipe .
J. INSULATION: GENERAL
1. Insulation and covering shall be installed in
accordance with manufacturer' s written
recommendations. Contractor and manufacturer
shall be responsible for complete system of
insulation which will not frost, sweat, drip
or mold.
K. FINALE
1. Upon completion of his work, the Refrigeration
Contractor shall remove all materials,
equipment and debris incidental to this
contract and shall leave the premises in a
clean finished condition.
+ + END OF SPECIFICATION + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-10
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
1. Insulation on pipe and vessels shall be
flexible elastomeric expanded closed cell type
such as "Armaflex" made by Armstrong.
Thickness of applied material shall be a
minimum of 3/4" on suction lines and 5/8" on
sub-cooled liquid lines.
2 . Items to be insulated:
a. Suction lines.
b. Sub-cooled liquid supply lines.
C. Suction accumulators
d. Condensate drain lines in areas below 36
deg.
3 . FINISH: All inside pipe insulation shall be
finished with two coats of white Armaflex
Finish. Finish shall be brushed on at a
coverage of 200-250 sq. ft . per gallon for
each coat. The first coat shall dry a minimum
of 2 hours before application of the second
coat .
4 . Insulation Protection Saddles
A. Insulation protection saddles shall be
provided and installed by the Contractor
at all pipe hangers and supports for
insulated lines .
B. The schedule for the saddles shall be as
follows :
INSULATION O.D. SADDLE GAUGE SADDLE LENGTH
1-1/2" and smaller 18 12"
2" to 5" 18 16"
O
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
e. All electric heat tracing system
components shall be manufactured by
Raychem and shall be installed according
to manufacturer recommendations . Heating
cable shall be 3BTV1-CT. Power connection
kits shall be PMKG-JLP. Splicing kits
shall be PMKG-LS. Tee splicing kits shall
be PMKG-LT. End seal kits shall be PMKG-
LE.
G. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
1. Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe
hangers and supports for all piping installed
by the contractor.
H. Field Control Wiring
1. The refrigeration field control wiring shall
*Ohl be installed in accordance with the NEC and
Electrical Outline Specifications.
2 . All wiring throughout the facility shall be
run in electrical metallic tubing (EMT) , rigid
(RGC) , intermediate (IMC) conduit .
3 . All field wire shall be stranded copper No. 14
AWG Type "THHN" or "XHHW" .
4 . All wires shall be numbered. Number labels
shall be provided at all junction boxes,
termination points, etc.
5 . All shielded conductor cable shall be as
manufactured by Belden, or approved equal .
I . Insulation Material
Aw FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
piping flanges . Any piping mis-alignment
evidenced by bound bolts shall be
corrected at NO ADDITIONAL COST to the
owner.
C. All materials used in the system shall be
suitable for R22 service, comply with the
latest ANSI/ASME B31 . 5 Code for Pressure
Piping and meet system pressure-
temperature requirements. Refrigeration
piping design shall include stress
calculations performed in accordance with
the latest ANSI/ASME B31 . 5 Code for
Pressure Piping.
d. Piping and fittings shall be refrigerant
grade copper.
3 . Condensate drain piping:
a. The Contractor shall furnish and install
all condensate drain piping from air
units, and as required to complete the
system.
b. All condensate drains must be pitched
1/4" per foot, and must be provided with
plugged tees for cleanout at every change
of direction.
C . Provide wet traps where required.
d. Drains and traps shall be insulated and
heated, either continuously or
intermittently and where ambient
conditions, both interior and exterior,
necessitate.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
►, shall also replace all refrigerant lost due to
leaks caused by his work during the first 30
days of the warranty period. The Refrigeration
Contractor shall be responsible for
determining the exact charge of R22 required.
2 . Oil .
The Refrigeration Contractor shall furnish and
install complete initial charges of compressor
lubricating oil . Compressor lubricating oil
shall be as supplied by the compressor package
manufacturer or approved equal .
E. Equipment Supports
Secondary supports for all air units, heat
exchangers, etc. shall be installed per the
equipment manufacturer' s recommendations. Supports
shall be installed so as to provide a firm, rigid
support for all equipment mounted thereon.
F. Piping Systems
1. All work shall conform to the requirements of
the latest ANSI B31 . 5 code for pressure
piping.
2 . Refrigerant and oil piping:
a. Refrigerant and oil piping shall be
installed complete with all valves,
fittings and hangers as shown on the
drawings.
b. No foreign matter shall enter the system
and no strains shall be imposed on system
equipment by piping connections . A
representative of the Engineer shall
witness the final leveling of all
equipment and the proper alignment of all
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
C. Refrigerant Controls
Refrigerant controls and accessories shall be
designed for Refrigerant-22 service.
1. Solenoid valves shall be of the pilot or
direct operated, normally closed type with a
120/1/60 VAC watertight coil . Solenoid valves
shall be preceded by a close coupled 60 mesh
strainer.
2 . Thermostatic expansion valves shall be
installed where required. Valves shall have
1/4" FPT external equalizer and capillary tube
of sufficient length.
Thermostatic expansion valves shall be Sporlan
or approved equal .
3 . Gauges shall be installed where required for
proper operation of the system. Ranges shall
be suitable for the intended service. All
gauges in refrigerant lines shall have
appropriate temperature-pressure scales .
Gauges shall be located with due regard for
ease of reading and non-interference with
working space and fluid flow measurement
devices . Gauges shall be Ashcroft approved
equal .
D. Fluid Charges
1 . Refrigerant :
The Refrigeration Contractor shall furnish and
install a complete charge of R22 refrigerant
for the system. The Refrigeration Contractor
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
AW VIII .SPECIFICATIONS
A. Air Units
The air unit shall be R-22 Krack industrial DT/DTX
type unit coolers or approved equal . Units shall
have copper tubes with aluminum fins with multi
propeller fans. TENV fan motors shall be factory
wired to a common junction box.
B. Air Cooled Condensing Units
Air cooled condensing shall be vertical air
discharge design. Units shall be Krack Pak
condensing systems or approved equal . Condenser
fans shall be direct drive by weather resistant
1140 RPM motors . the unit housing shall be mill
galvanized with service panels for compressor and
controls. The condensing coil shall be copper
tubes with aluminum fins . The control panel shall
be weather resistant with all compressor and
evaporator controls mounted inside. The unit shall
be U.L. listed. Each condensing unit shall be
equipped with the following features :
1. Low ambient control down to 0 deg. operation.
The receiver shall be insulated and sized to
hold the required amount of refrigerant for
low ambient operation. Service valves shall
be provided on liquid inlet and outlet lines.
2 . Liquid-suction heat exchanger. Exchanger
shall be mounted at the bottom of the vertical
rise in the liquid line.
3 . Serviceable liquid line drier and sight glass.
4 . Liquid lime solenoid valve.
5. Suction accumulator.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
pressure. Leak testing shall be performed
with an electronic leak detector. If any
leaks are found, isolate the defective area,
discharge the gas and repair the leaks and
then repeat the test . When testing has been
completed release all pressure. All system
components not rated at pressures of 300 PSI
shall be removed and replaced after the
. system' s pressure test .
B. Evacuation and Vacuum Dehydration
1. After testing and before charging, the
refrigeration system shall be evacuated to
remove air and moisture . System shall be
evacuated down to minimum of 10, 000 microns Hg
absolute, (29 . 53" Hg vacuum) . Break vacuum
with refrigerant vapor and raise to 20 PSIG as
a holding charge until ready to charge system.
C. Start-Up of Systems
1. After testing and evacuating and after pipe
insulation is complete, the systems shall be
charged and started. The Contractor shall
operate the refrigerant system until the rooms
are down to design conditions and held at
design conditions for a minimum of seven days.
The defrost system shall be operable during
this period. During this period, the
Contractor shall calibrate and adjust all
operating and safety controls.
VII , GUARANTEE
Work shall be guaranteed for a one (1) year period.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME B31 . 5)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Freon Job
III . SHOP DRAWINGS
Six (6) copies of shop drawings covering all major
equipment materials and layout shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval prior to delivery and installation
of the equipment. All shop drawings for major equipment
shall be submitted prior to fabrication.
IV. SUBSTITUTIONS
All cost incurred by the acceptance of substitutions
shall be borne by the Contractor. Proof for all
substitutions shall be by the Contractor.
V. U.L. APPROVAL
All electrical items covered by this specification shall
be U.L. labeled and listed for their specific use .
VI . TEST AND STARTUP
A. Leak Testing
1. When all refrigeration connections have been
completed the entire system must be tested for
leaks. With all valves in the system open the
system must be pressurized to 300 PSIG (if
local codas require higher test pressures such
codes must be complied with) . Sufficient
refrigerant shall be charged into the system
to raise the pressure to 35 PSIG and dry
nitrogen added to obtain the desired test
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS
I . SCOPE
To install all refrigeration work covered by the below
specifications and approved drawings . Provide all
material, labor, transportation, tools, supervision,
etc. , necessary to complete the total refrigeration job.
All items not specifically mentioned herein which are
obviously necessary to make a complete working
installation, shall be provided by the contractor,
including any necessary field engineering and\or detail
drawings required. Drawings shall be submitted for
approval as provided for in "Shop Drawings" .
II . CODES AND FEES
All workmanship and material shall conform to the
applicable requirements of governing codes and
ordinances. The design, manufacturing, testing and
method of installing materials shall comply with the
recommendations and requirements of all local and state
codes and regulations. The contractor shall obtain and
pay for all permits and inspections required by the
building and safety codes, and ordinances, and the rules
and regulations of any legal body having jurisdiction.
The contractor shall provide any documents required for
permit including the seal and signature of a registered
professional engineer.
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE 15/ANSI B9 . 1) .
National Electrical Code
American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM)
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REFRIGERATION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
F. Grilles Registers and Diffusers
Supply diffusers and return registers shall be lay-in,
steel construction, perforated face with an off white
finish. Supplies and exhaust grilles in toilet shall
be aluminum construction.
Grilles registers and diffusers shall be Titus, xreuger
and Metal Aire.
G. Wall Louvers
Exterior wall louvers shall be installed straight and
plumb with caulk around the exterior frame. Frame and
blades shall be 12 gauge extruded aluminum with baked
enamel finish. Louver shall be 4" deep with blades set
on 45' and maximum 5" on center. Unit shall be
complete with 1/2" square mesh 16 gauge aluminum bird
screen.
Louvers shall be Airolite, Ruskin or louvers and
dampers.
H. Automatic Controls for HVAC
AOW The contractor shall furnish and labor, materials,
accessories, services and equipment necessary for a
complete automatic control system. The system shall
consist of all thermostats, transmitters, receivers,
control panels and other equipment to start/stop and
control room temperature for split system AC units,
fans, infrared heaters and air rotation units.
All wiring shall be run in conduit and shall comply
with the requirements of Division 16 .
+ + END OF SPECIFICATION + +
Oak
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MECHANICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
„fir► Air rotation unit shall be complete with air inlet
section, air moving section indirect or direct natural
gas fired heating section, casing extension, air outlet
section and all safety and operating controls pre-wired
and mounted. The units shall be completely factory
assembled, tests, burned controls pre-wired and wired
for complete automatic operation. The units shall be
suitable for single source power and fuel connections.
Air rotation units shall be Johnson Rotation, Rapid
Engineering or Absolute Aire.
C. Fans
Propeller exhaust and supply fans shall be complete
with motor, OSHA guards and motorized dampers.
Propeller shall be set in a deep spun venturi orifice
and be statistically and dynamically balanced.
Toilets exhaust fans shall be ceiling mounted
centrifugal fan complete with SSCC and wall cap.
Fans shall be Greenheck, Cook or Penn.
D. Split System AC Units
Split system direct expansion air conditioning units
shall be factory fabricated with gas fired
furnace/blower unit and matching condenser/compressor
unit. Units shall be constructed and rated in
accordance with AIR 210.
Split system ac units shall be Trane, Carrier or
McQuay.
E. Ductwork
Ductwork shall be low velocity fabricated of galvanized
steel, designed and constructed to conform to the
recommendations of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction
Standards, Furnish and install all required flexible
connections, splitter dampers, volume dampers, spin-in
fittings, access doors, access panels and required fire
stats or smoke detectors.
All supply, return and outside air ducts shall be
insulated with 20 thick duct wrap.
3/4#/cu. ft. with reinforced for faced vapor barrier
with an average thermal conductivity of .25 BTU-
in/sq.ft.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MECHANICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
IV. Shop Drawings
Shop Drawings, Catalogue specification data and capacity
ratings for all equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer
including ductwork construction drawings and details prior
to purchase or installation of any work.
V. Substitutions
All cost incurred by the acceptance of substitutions shall
be borne by the contractor. Proof for all substitutions
shall be by the contractor.
VI. Balancina and Adjusting Air Systems
Balancing and adjusting of all air systems shall be
performed by the HVAC subcontractor. The HVAC Subcontractor
shall be responsible to provide any and all materials,
services, labor etc. to facilitate smooth completion of the
balancing work. Fans shall have adjustable drives. If the
initial set of drives required changing, they shall be
changes by the HVAC subcontractors part of the HVAC work.
VII. Guarantee
Work shall be guaranteed for a one (1) year period.
Compressors furnished as a part of packaged or split system
units shall be guaranteed for a five (5) year period.
VIII.Eauipment
A. Gas Fired Infrared Heaters
Infrared heaters shall have an aluminized metal cabinet
and shall be complete with venturi burner housing,
perforated ceramic tile, gas valve, pre-wired junction
box and balanced suspension points. The heat surface
shall carry a minimum 2 year warranty against cracks
and corrosion.
Infrared heaters shall be American infra-red, Roberts-
Gordon or Perfection Schwank.
B. Air Rotation Units
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MECHANICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
MECHANICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
I . Scope
To install all mechanical work covered by this specification
and contract documents. Provide all materials, labor,
equipment and appurtenances to perform and leave in
satisfactory operating condition all heating, ventilating
and air conditioning work (HVAC) . All items not
specifically mentioned herein which are obviously necessary
to make a complete working installation, shall be provided
by the contractor, including all necessary field
engineering, detail drawings and coordination with other
trades. Drawings shall be submitted for approval as
provided for in %Shop Drawings. "
II. Codes. Standards and Fees
All work shall be conform to the requirements of the
following:
1. National Fire Protection Association Standards.
2 . Occupational safety and Health Administration
Standards.
3 . Massachusetts State Building Code.
4. Massachusetts State Mechanical Code.
5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association.
The contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and
inspections required by the building and safety codes, and
the rules and regulations of legal bodies having
jurisdiction. The contractor shall provide any documents
required for permitting with the required seal and signature
of a registered professional engineer.
III. workmanship
All work shall be neatly, orderly and securely installed
with ducts, pipes and refrigerant lines perpendicular and/or
parallel with the principal structural members and shall be
in proper working order.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MECHANICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
shall be provided with a shut-off valve on the roof at the
unit . Underground piping, if required, shall be coated and
wrapped to prevent corrosion and shall be provided with
sacrificial anodes . Piping exposed shall be painted with a
protective coating to prevent corrosion.
XIII .STERILIZATION
The contractor shall perform sterilization on all domestic
cold and hot water piping, valves, fittings and devices .
Contractor shall submit certification that sterilization has
been completed.
+ + END OF SPECIFICATION + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PLUMBING OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
base of all stacks and as required by the local code. If
required, a duplex sanitary lift station shall be provided
with wet well and control panel. Unit shall be provided
with high water alarm and check and gate valves on discharge
of each pump.
X. ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
Interior collection piping from exterior gutters shall be
sized based on local code requirements. A complete
collection system shall be provided connecting to the
exterior collection system. Emergency roof drains and waste
piping shall be provided. The emergency system shall
discharge on grade and shall be sized for the difference
between a 5-minute / 100--year storm and the capacity of the
normal roof drainage system. Insulation shall be provided
for all interior above slab roof drainage lines including
roof drain underbodies .
XI . DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
A complete domestic water system for all fixtures and
equipment requiring service shall be provided. The water
service shall be extended from the existing building
mechanical room pressure regulating station. The tap shall
be made on the discharge side of the regulating station.
Groups of two or more fixtures shall be provided with a
shut-off valve. Water hammer arrestors shall be provided at
groups of fixtures and at flush valves and shall be PDI
approved. All piping shall be sized to provide 25 psig
minimum residual pressure at all fixtures. All cold and hot
water lines, except horizontal branch lines wholly concealed
in chases, shall be insulated.
XI]] . NATURAL GAS SYSTEM
A complete gas distribution system shall be provided to all
equipment requiring service. The gas service shall be
extended from the existing building mechanical room. Tap
the existing gas main in the mechanical room. All
connections to equipment shall be provided with a shut-off
valve, dirt leg and regulator (if required) . Roof top units
AVW
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PLUMBING OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
V. TESTS
All systems shall be tested upon completion of the work as
required by the local and state codes. Contractor shall
arrange and pay for all tests .
VI . GUARANTEE
All work including all equipment and materials shall be
guaranteed for a one year period after acceptance by the
owner.
VII: . FIXTURES
All plumbing fixtures shall commercial quality vitreous
china with all chrome plated brass fittings . Fixtures shall
be provided to comply with the requirements of the A.D.A.
All fixtures shall be cleaned, adjusted and left in working
order. Fixtures shall be protected during construction from
damage by the use of guards and boxing.
VIII .WATER HEATERS
Water heaters shall be local electric storage type water
heaters sized for the fixture load served. Heaters shall
comply with ASHRAE Standard 90a. Heaters shall be provided
with a brass drain valve, shut-off valve on the cold water,
supply, unions on cold and hot connections and a temperature
and pressure relief valve piped to discharge as required by
code. Heaters mounted above the finished floor shall be
provided with a drain pan with waste pipe to an acceptable
drain point. Heaters shall have a three year warranty.
Heaters shall have glass lined tanks. Heaters installed in
pans shall be mounted on 1/2" high neoprene pads.
IX. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS
A properly vented waste and vent system shall be provided
for all fixtures and drains requiring service and shall be
connected to the exterior collection system. All piping
shall be located such that they are protected from vehicular
or mechanical damage . Cleanouts shall be provided at the
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PLUMBING OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
PLUMBING OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
I . SCOPE
All plumbing work shall be as specified on the Contract
Documents and as specified in this specification. The
contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
transportation, excavation, backfill and supervision as may
be required to provide complete operational plumbing
systems . All items necessary for complete systems shall be
provided and installed by the contractor including field
engineering and / or detail drawings as may be required.
Contractor shall make submittals for approval as provided
for in the following section entitled "SHOP DRAWINGS" .
II . CODES & FEES
All materials, equipment and fixtures provided and all
installation shall comply with all State and Local codes .
The contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and
inspections required by the building department or any other
body having jurisdiction. The contractor shall provide any
documents required for permitting with the required seal and
signature of a registered professional engineer.
III: . WORKMANSHIP
All work shall be performed in a neat and orderly fashion
and shall be left in a working condition.
IV. SHOP DRAWINGS
Six sets of shop drawings shall be submitted for: piping
materials; valves; insulation; drains; cleanouts; fixtures;
pipe fittings; fixture and piping layouts; lift station
calculations; lift station details; and roof drainage
calculations.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PLUMBING OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
X. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
The entire facility shall be provided with automatic wet
pipe sprinkler systems meeting the criteria established in
this specification and the drawings. All systems shall be
sized by hydraulic calculations using approved computer
software written for this specific purpose . No more than
three alarm valves shall be supplied from one 8" supply run
in from the yard loop.
The office areas and break rooms shall be provided with an
Ordinary Hazard, Group I, wet pipe sprinkler system based on
0 . 12 gpm per square foot over the most remote 3 , 000 square
feet plus 500 gpm for hose streams . Sprinkler heads shall
be chrome recessed type with 1/2" orifice and 165 degree
rating. Heads shall be spaced at 130 square feet maximum
per head.
The warehouse shall be provided with a wet pipe sprinkler
system in accordance with NFPA 13 and 231, classification
IV, with a stacking height not to exceed of 16 ' -011 . The
ceiling system shall be designed to provide 0 .23 gpm per
square foot over the most. remote 3, 000 square feet plus 500
gpm for hose streams. Sprinkler heads shall be standard
brass upright heads with 1/2" orifice rated at 165 degrees.
The PET bottle area shall. be provided with a wet pipe
sprinkler system designed to provide 0.23 gpm per square
foot over the most remote 3, 000 square feet plus 500 gpm for
hose streams. Sprinkler heads shall be standard brass
upright heads with a rating of 165 degrees.
The cooler and freezer shall be provided with a separate dry
pipe sprinkler system with a separator air compressor. The
dry pipe valve shall be served from the existing wet pipe
sprinkler system. All dry pipe system piping shall be
galvanized steel .
+ + END OF SPECIFICATION + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 FIRE PROTECTION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
V. TESTS
All systems shall be tested upon completion of the work as
required by the local and state codes. Contractor shall
arrange and pay for all tests . Contractor shall give a 48
hour notice for all tests .
VI . GUARANTEE
All work including all equipment and materials shall be
guaranteed for a one year period after acceptance by the
owner.
VII. SPRINKLER HEADS
All sprinkler heads shall be UL Listed and approved for the
hazard installed. Temperature ratings shall comply with the
recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association,
local codes and the Coca Cola Risk Management Group. In
areas with ceilings, heads shall be located on tile
centerlines relative to each other and with a minimum 12"
distance from the edge of the ceiling tile in the opposite
suction.
VIII .ALARM VALVES
All alarm valves shall be UL Listed and FM Approved
automatic wet pipe type assemblies complete with all
required appurtenances including, but not limited to: main
drain valve; water motor gong; pressure gauges; alarm
pressure switch; system criteria sign; surge chamber; and
all associated trim and piping.
IX . FIRE HOSE RACKS
Fire hose racks shall be provided throughout the facility
equipped with a 1-1/2" control valve, an adjustable fog
nozzle; and 100 feet of 1-1/2" lined fire hose. Racks
shall be provided as required to coverall areas with a 30
foot spray from the nozzle. Spacing shall not exceed 250
feet .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 FIRE PROTECTION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
FIRE PROTECTION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
I . SCOPE
All fire protection work shall be as specified on the
contract documents and as specified in -the specification.
This contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
transportation, excavation, calculations, backfill and
supervision as may be required to provide complete
operational fire protection systems . All items necessary
for complete systems shall be provided and installed by the
contractor including field engineering and / or detail
drawings as may be required. Contractor shall make
submittals for approval as provided for in the following
section entitled "SHOP DRAWINGS" .
II . CODES & FEES
All materials, equipment and sprinkler heads provided and
all installation shall comply with all State and Local
codes, the recommendations of the National Fire Protection
Association, Pamphlets 1:3 , 24 and 231, and the requirements
of the Coca Cola Risk Management Group. The contractor
shall obtain and pay for all permits and inspections
required by the building department or any other body having
jurisdiction. The contractor shall provide any documents
required for permitting with the required seal and signature
of a registered fire protection engineer.
III. . WORKMANSHIP
All work shall be performed in a neat and orderly fashion
and shall be left in a working condition.
IV. SHOP DRAWINGS
Six sets of shop drawings shall be submitted for: piping
materials; valves; calculations; sprinkler heads; devices;
sprinkler head and piping layouts; and pipe fittings .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-03-95 PAGE-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 FIRE PROTECTION OUTLINE SPECIFICATION
a. Surface: Bobrick #B-282 by 25 cent.
3 . Feminine napkin disposal:
a. Surface mounted: Bobrick #B-270.
4 . Toilet tissue dispenser:
a. Double roll : Bobrick #B-2740 .
5 . Mirror units:
a. Framed without shelf: Bobrick #B-165 1830 .
6 . Liquid soap dispenser:
a. Surface mounted: Bobrick #B-112 .
7 . Grab bars:
a. Two wall horizontal : Bobrick #B-6237; 36x48 .
+ + END OF SECTION 10800 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 10800-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
3 .02 INSTALLATION
A. General : Install accessories level, plumb, in indicated
locations . Installation methods indicated in manufac-
turer's literature for substrates encountered.
B. Mounting heights: Except as otherwise indicated, heights
are given above finish. floor (AFF) to- top of accessory.
1 . Combination towel dispenser and waste: 40" AFF to
towel slot.
2 . Feminine napkin/tampon dispenser: 40" AFF to coin
slot.
3 . Feminine napkin disposal : 14" AFF to bottom of unit.
4 . Paper towel dispenser: 40" AFF to towel slot.
5. Toilet tissue dispenser: 30" .
6 . Multiroll toilet tissue dispenser: 30" .
7 . Framed mirror units: 73" .
8 . Liquid soap dispenser: 40" AFF to spout.
C. Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting adja-
cent finishes.
3 . 03 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust operating parts of accessories for proper opera-
tion.
B. Clean and polish exposed surfaces prior to Date of Sub- .
stantial Completion.
C. Deliver accessory schedule, keys, and parts manual as part
of Project Close-out documents.
3 .04 SCHEDULES
A. Accessories:
1 . Towel dispenser and waste:
a. Surface: Bobrick #B-3949.
2 . Feminine napkin/tampon vendor:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 10800-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
3 . Maintain manufacturer's protective covering on acces-
sories until final clean-up or installation.
1 .04 WARRANTY
A. Mirrors: Warrant mirrors for ten years against silver
spoilage.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Except as otherwise noted, products specified as stan-
dard of quality are manufactured by Bobrick Washroom
Equipment, Inc.
2 . Products of following manufacturers, similar in terms
of design, size, function, materials, and quality are
acceptable for use, subject to Facility Engineers
Inc. ' s prior approval of proposed product list.
a. Accessory Specialties, Inc.
"`° b. Bradley Washfountain Company.
B. Provide all accessories as product of one manufacturer
except where certain special items are indicated. Key
keyed accessories alike with exception of coin receiving
boxes on vending equipment. Key vending equipment in
accord with Owner's requirements.
C. Toilet and bath accessories are scheduled in Article 3 .04,
Schedules.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSPECTION
A. Check openings scheduled to receive recessed or semireces-
sed accessories for correct dimensions, depth, plumbness
of blocking for frames, and preparation affecting accesso-
ries installation.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 10800-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
SECTION 10800
TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Related sections:
1 . Section 04220 : Concrete Unit Masonry.
2 . Section 09260: Gypsum Board Systems.
3 . Section 10160 : Metal Compartments.
4 . Section 10165 : Plastic Laminate Compartments .
1 .02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data:
1 . Submit complete last of products for use.
2 . Include catalog cuts and data sheets indicating size,
material and finish, complete parts list, and instal-
lation procedures for each accessory.
3 . Intent of Subcontractor to use products specified does
not relieve him from responsibility of submitting
product line.
B. Samples: Submit one actual sample of each accessory for
approval, if requested by Facility Engineers Inc. Upon
approval, samples will be returned for incorporation into
Project.
1 .03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and shipping: Deliver accessories in manufac-
turer's protective packaging.
B. Storage and protection:
1 . Store materials in packaging to prevent soiling or
physical damage.
2 . Handle accessories in manner to prevent damage to
finished surfaces and operating mechanisms.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 10800-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
b. First coat: Ultra-Hide Alkyd Eggshell Enamel No.
5450 at 1 .9 mils DFT.
C. Second coat: Ultra-Hide Alkyd Eggshell Enamel
No. 5450 at 1.9 mils DFT.
+ + END OF SECTION 09900 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
3 . Textured coating on concrete unit masonry:
a. First coat: Porter International; Permacrete
#28050 Regular at 57 SF per gallon.
b. Second coat: Porter International; Permacrete
#28050 Regular at 9 .6 mils DFT.
4 . Epoxy polyester paint on ferrous metals, galvanized
metals, and aluminum:
a. Primer: Glid.-Guard Epoxy Chemical Resistant Dou-
ble Build Primer No. 5461/5242 at 3.0 mils DFT.
b. First coat: Glid-Guard Epoxy Chemical Resistant
Finish No. 5240 at 3 .2 mils DFT.
B. Interior:
1 . Epoxy polyester on concrete or concrete unit masonry:
a. Filler: Blockaid Filler-Block-Sealer No. 1971 .
b. Primer: Glid-Guard Epoxy Chemical Resistant Fin-
ish No. 5240/5242 reduced 50% with G1idGuard Epoxy
Solvent No. 5568 at 2 .0 mils DFT.
C. Second coat: Glid-Guard Glid-Tile Epoxide Semi-
Gloss No. 5550/5552 Series at 6.0 mils DFT.
2 . Epoxy polyamide on concrete or concrete unit masonry:
(Gloss)
a. Filler: Blockaid Filler-Block-Sealer No. 1971 .
b. Primer: Glid-Guard Epoxy Chemical Resistant Fin-
ish No. 5243/5242 reduced 50% with Glid-Guard
Epoxy Solvent No. 5568 at 2 .0 mils DFT.
C. First coat: Glid-Guard Epoxy Chemical Resistant
Finish No. 5240/5452 at 4 .0 mils DFT.
d. Second coat: Glid-Guard Epoxy Chemical Resistant
Finish No. 5240/5452 at 4 .0 mils DFT.
3 . Alkyd paint on ferrous metal :
a. Primer: Ultra-Hide Speedenamel Q.D. Primer No.
4397 at 1.5 mils DFT.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
10 . Primer coats may be omitted for surfaces specified to
receive factory applied primer if finish coats are
compatible with primer. Substitute bond coat recom-
mended by paint manufacturer for specified primer coat
if finish coats are not compatible.
11 . Paint inside of ductwork flat black for entire area
visible through ceiling openings. Paint underside of
ductwork and other above ceiling items flat black for
entire area visible through ceiling openings.
12 . Seal interior doors ' tops and bottoms of with prime
coat only; side edges same as faces.
13 . Finish exterior door edges same as exterior faces.
14 . Paint exposed pipes and ductwork in occupied areas
same as adjacent wall surfaces.
15 . Paint construction on roof top; include mechanical and
electrical equipment unless otherwise indicated.
16 . Surfaces not requiring painting:
a. Prefinished surfaces and items .
b. Concealed ductwork, conduit, and piping.
3 .03 SCHEDULES
A. Exterior:
1 . Traffic markings:
a. First coat: Ultra-Hide Traffic Paint Drop-on Bead
Binder No. 63226 White at 7 .5 mils DFT.
b. Immediately after paint film application, embed at
rate of six lbs. per gallon paint of reflectorized
glass spheres to striped areas.
2 . Textured coating on concrete:
a. Primer: Porter International; #898 Pigmented
Bonding Coat at 3 .0 mils DFT.
b. First coat: Porter International; Permacrete
#28050 Regular at 6.4 mils DFT.
C. Second coat: Porter International; Permacrete **
#28050 Regular at 6 .4 mils DFT.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
b. Remove debris and chalking from surfaces after
scraping and washing with detergent and water;
flush with clean water. Touch up with material
specified for finish.
4 . Galvanized metal : Wash with xylol to remove grease,
oil, and contaminants; wipe dry with dry cloth.
5 . Aluminum: Sand to remove oxides. Wash with xylol to
remove grease, oil, and contaminants; wipe dry with
dry cloth.
6 . Ferrous metals: Solvent clean with xylol to remove
grease, oil, and contaminants after preparing surfaces
in accord with SSPC-SP-3, Power Tool Clean. Wipe dry
with dry cloth.
B. Coating application:
1 . Apply coating materials in accord with manufacturer's
approved product data to achieve specified DFT.
2 . Apply coating only when moisture content of surfaces
is within manufacturer's recommended range.
3 . Apply paint materials using clean brushes, rollers, or
spray equipment. Limit spraying of paints only to
those materials recommended by manufacturer to be
sprayed with no loss of performance, durability, or
color.
4 . Apply materials at rate not exceeding manufacturer's
recommendations for surface being coated, less ten
percent for losses.
5 . Comply with manufacturer's product data for drying
time between coat's.
6 . Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible
from 5 ' -0" distance.
7 . Finish coats: Smooth, free of brush marks, streaks,
laps or pile-up of paint, skips, or missed areas .
8 . Application of additional coats until completed coat
has been inspected is prohibited; only inspected coats
of paint will be considered in determining number of
coats applied.
9 . Make coating edges adjoining other materials or colors
sharp and clean without overlapping.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
4"k 1 . Paint thinners and tints: Products of same manufac-
turer as paints or approved by him for use with his
products.
2 . Shellac, turpentine, patching compounds, and similar
materials required for execution of work: Pure, best
quality products.
F. Paint and stain colors:
1 . Match color chips furnished by owner.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 PREPARATION
A. Protection: Cover finished work of other trades, surfaces
not being painted concurrently, and prefinished items.
B. Application of materials in spaces where dust is being
generated is prohibited.
C. verify surfaces to receive finishes are dry, free of
debris, dust, or other deleterious materials.
3 .02 APPLICATION
A. Substrate preparation:
1 . Concrete:
a. In general, prepared in accord with section 03300 .
Fill cracks, holes, and irregularities with cement
grout. Grind ridges, high spots, etc. to match
adjacent surface.
b. Remove laitance, oil, grease, dirt, and debris
from surfaces. verify concrete cure time prior to
coating application.
2 . Concrete unit masonry: Rub to remove loose mortar and
debris. Fill irregularities with cement grout.
3 . Previously painted masonry:
a. Remove existing loose or blistered paint by scrap-
ing or brushing.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
B. Examine specification sections for various other trades;
be thoroughly familiar with Work required in other sec-
tions regarding painting.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1 . Except as otherwise noted, products specified as stan-
dard of quality are manufactured by The Glidden Compa-
ny.
2 . Products of following manufacturers similar in type,
color selection, :solids, and quality are acceptable
for use, subject to approval of product list and sam-
ples.
a. Benjamin Moore & Company.
b. Devoe & Raynolds Company, Inc.
C. Duron Inc.
d. Porter International .
e. Pratt and Lambert Inc.
f. Pittsburg Paints, division of PPG Industries Inc.
g. Sherwin-Williams Company.
B. Paint and stain systems indicated in Article 3 .03, SCHED-
ULES.
C. Where products other than those of manufacturer listed as
standard of quality are specified in Article 3 .03, such
products have been selected to achieve specific results
and substitutions will be allowed only in accord with
Product Options and Substitutions section.
D. Provide products for all specified paints from single
manufacturer; and all specified stains from single manu-
facturer, except items indicated in Article 2 .01, Para-
graph C.
E. Miscellaneous materials:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
B. Samples:
1 . Color samples: Submit two sets of color samples from
paint manufacturers proposed for use for color
verification of indicated colors by Facility Engineers
Inc.
C. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates: Submit indicating compliance with ap-
plicable VOC limits, if required.
1 .05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and shipping:
1 . Deliver materials to Project site ready-mixed in orig-
inal containers with labels intact.
2 . Indicate manufacturer's name, paint type, color, and
recommended installation and reducing procedures on
labels.
B. Storage and protection.:
AWN. 1 . Store materials in acceptable location.
2 . Maintain neat, clean conditions in storage area; re-
move rags at end of each day's Work.
3 . Close containers at end of each day's Work. Leave no
materials open.
4 . Safety precautions:
a. Provide temporary fire protection equipment in
materials storage area.
b. Prohibit smoking in storage area.
1 .06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental requirements: Comply with manufacturer's
recommendations regarding environmental conditions for
materials application„
1 .07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Schedule and coordinate this Work with other trades;
proceeding until other Work and job conditions are proper
to achieve satisfactory results is prohibited.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1 . Touching up shop applied prime coats.
2 . Surface preparation to receive finishes.
3 . Painting, staining, or otherwise finishing of all
surfaces, except as otherwise indicated.
B. Related sections:
1. Section 09700: Special Flooring.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) .
1 .03 DEFINITIONS
A. Terms:
1 . DFT: Dry film thickness.
2 . WFT: Wet film thickness.
1 .04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data:
1 . Submit complete list of products for use; indicate
compliance with VOC limits, if required.
2 . Indicate manufacturer, brand name, quality, and type
paint for each surface to be finished.
3 . Intent of Contractor to use products specified does
not relieve him from responsibility of submitting
product line.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09900-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PAINTING
d. After newly applied floor has been in place for at
least two weeks, manufacturer's recommended stan-
dard cleaning procedure should be used.
e. Flooring shall be turned over to Owner in clean,
like-new condition. Special flooring contractor
shall ensure that proper cleaning is accomplished
after installation.
3 .05 EXTRA STOCK
A. Deliver stock of maintenance materials to Owner. Furnish
maintenance materials from same manufactured lot as mate-
rials installed and enclosed in protective packaging and
marked with identifying labels.
1 . Liquid coatings: Provide not less than one standard
unit of resin and hardener, or each coating used on
project.
+ + END OF SECTION 09700 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09700-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SPECIAL FLOORING
C. Trowel to a consistent, tightly closed texture as selected
by Owner.
D. Apply sealer/finish coats by trowel/squeegee or
roller. Final surface texture will be based on
job standard sample described earlier in this
section
E. Maintain reference markers, holes or openings that are in
place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on
finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other
non-permanent marking device.
F. Protect finished flooring by appropriate barriers during
and for 48 hours after installation.
G. Where floor or trench drains are present install flooring
continuously into such drain openings to create .a seam-
less, monolithic coating.
H. Provide clean, precise terminations at all abutting open-
ings such as doors, ramps, etc.
3 .04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Do not use harsh detergents or sanitizing agents such as
the chlorinated detergents (sanitizers) to clean newly
applied floor.
B. Before washing the area newly applied floor areas should
be allowed to cure for at least 18 hours at a minimum
65°F/18°C.
1 . Initial washing of newly applied floor should be done
using only warm water. Do not steam clean the floor.
2 . For at least one full week after installation use only
fresh warm water for washing newly applied floor.
3 . If it becomes necessary to clean an area within the
first week after application the following steps are
recommended:
a. Flood the area to be cleaned with warm water.
b. Use a non-chlorine cleaner, thoroughly dissolved
in water before application.
C. After detergent application thoroughly flush the
area with clean warm water.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09700-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SPECIAL FLOORING
C. Stonkote HT4 : Two-component, 100% solids, epoxy
coating.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSPECTION
A. Require installer to inspect subfloor surfaces to ensure
that they are satisfactory. Subfloors shall be clean, dry
free from dust, grease, wax soap and other foreign materi-
als. Concrete subfloors shall be dry, cured and free from
crazing, dusting and spalling, and shall not be coated
with any curing compound, hardener or sealer. Ensure that
subfloor is free from hydrostatic pressure.
B. Perform bond and moisture tests on subflooring to deter-
mine if sufficiently dry and cured. A moisture test must
be performed by using an approved moisture meter. Accept-
able range is from 0 to 2 . 5%.
C. Commencement of flooring installation constitutes accep-
tance of substrate as suitable for receipt of finished
product.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose fragments & unsound concrete. Use chipping
hammers, small scarifiers, hammer & chisel or other me-
chanical means.
B. Remove all oil, grease, dirt and other contaminants to
expose base concrete. Heavy deposits of grease and dirt
may be removed by using scrapers, wire brushes, or by
abrasive blasting. All traces of oil, dirt & grease must
be removed by scrubbing with an industrial detergent.
After scrubbing flush thoroughly with clean water. If the
cleaned surface shows open pores over the entire area
allow the surface to dry completely & proceed with appli-
cation.
3 .03 INSTALLATION
A. Install specified barrier coatings in strict conformance
to manufacturer' s printed instructions.
B. Install resinous flooring system as specified by trowel,
broadcast or spray in exact accordance with system recom-
mendations by manufacturer. Observe thickness require-
ments as specified on drawings and in schedules.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09700-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SPECIAL FLOORING
B. Install special flooring and accessories after other
finishes and operations, including painting, have been
completed.
C. Maintain a minimum temperature of 60 degrees F for a
period of not less than 72 hours after installation of
flooring system.
1 .05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Delivery: Deliver and store materials as necessary in
manufacturer' s unopened container with brands, names and
production lost clearly marked thereon.
B. Timing and Coordination: Deliver materials to allow for
minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate
delivery time with the scheduled date of installation.
C. Storage: Store materials in a clean, dry location, pro-
tected from weather, abuse and temperature/moisture ex-
tremes.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 SPECIAL FLOORING
A. Colors & textures selected by Owner from manufacturer' s
standard color/texture range.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers
1 . Products specified as standard of quality are manufac-
tured by Stonhard, Inc.
2 . Products similar in type & quality are acceptable if
approved by Owner.
C. Products
1 . Stonclad GS 1/4" epoxy flooring system with epoxy
coating.
a. Primer: Two-component, penetrating, moisture
tolerant, epoxy primer.
b. Stonclad GS: Three-component, troweled mortar
consisting of: epoxy resin, curing agent and se-
lected, graded aggregates blended with inorganic
pigments.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09700-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SPECIAL FLOORING
SECTION 09700
SPECIAL FLOORING
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE
A. Description of Work
1 . This section includes all epoxy floor topping and
related coatings.
2 . Extent of special flooring and accessories as shown on
drawings.
1 .02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installers Qualifications: Installer shall be certified
in writing by special flooring manufacturer. Only quali-
fied installers will be permitted on project.
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for
each type of special flooring and accessory.
B. Details of all conditions including termination at dissim-
ilar surfaces, expansion and construction, joints, con-
crete slab construction joints, cove bases, etc. Location
of joints should be indicated.
C. Maintenance Instructions: Submit two (2) copies of any
recommended maintenance practices for each type of special
flooring and accessory required.
D. As part of the submittal process, Contractor shall prepare
a sample section of floor for approval of color, grade and
final texture. The acceptance of a sample will constitute
the job standard by which the installation will proceed.
1 .04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Surface and surrounding air temperatures must exceed 50
degrees F, but must be less than 100 degrees F. Materials
shall be stored and installed at not less than 60 degrees
F during installation.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09700-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SPECIAL FLOORING
B. Just prior to Date of Substantial Completion, apply two
coats of flooring manufacturer' s approved non-slip wax to
clean floor surfaces and buff floor.
3 .04 PROTECTION
A. Surface protection: Protect finished flooring, base, and
accessories from staining, marring, or other physical
damage by Work of other trades. Cover or mask surfaces as
required.
+ + END OF SECTION 09650 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
3 . Lay tile with grain or pattern running in same direc-
tion between adjacent tile.
4. Roll flooring with 150 lb. sectional roller, if re-
quired by tile manufacturer' s printed installation
instructions.
D. Base installation:
1 . Workmanship:
a. Vinyl base: unroll base material and cut into
lengths for minimum number of joints. Double cut
adjoining lengths.
b. Install with tight butt joints with no joint
widths greater than 1/64" .
2 . Top-set base:
a. Apply adhesive and adhere to vertical surfaces.
b. Press down and set bottom edge to floor surface
profile.
C. Form external corners using premolded corners.
d. Form internal corners using premolded corners .
e. Scribe base to abutting materials.
E. Accessory installation:
1 . Cut materials to lengths and sizes indicated.
2 . Apply adhesives and bond to substrate.
3 . Center thresholds and reducers in door openings.
4 . Fit edge to door frame jambs without visible gaps or
cracks.
5 . Fit edges to abutting floor materials for flush fit.
3 .03 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces using neutral cleaner acceptable to materi-
al manufacturer upon :installation completion.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
1 . verify substrates are acceptable for installation of
materials. Notify Facility Engineers Inc. , in writ-
ing, of unacceptable substrate conditions.
2 . Working on unacceptable substrate indicates acceptance
of substrate; areas later indicated as unacceptable
requires removal of installed materials and subsequent
installation of new matching materials repair at no
additional cost.
3 .02 INSTALLATION
A. Preparation:
1. Remove dirt, oil, grease, or other foreign matter from
surfaces to receive floor covering or accessories .
2 . Fill cracks 1/16" wide and wider and depressions 1/8"
deep and deeper with crack filler.
B. Adhesive application:
1 . Mix and apply adhesives in accord with manufacturer' s
product data. Apply with notched trowel or other
tools recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
2 . Provide safety precautions during mixing and applica-
tion recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
3 . Apply adhesive only to area which can be covered by
resilient material within recommended working time of
adhesive.
a. Remove dried or filmed over adhesive.
b. Do not soil walls, bases, or adjacent areas with
adhesives.
C. Remove spilled or misplaced materials.
C. Tile material installation:
1 . Lay tile beginning at center of room or space, working
toward perimeter. Cut border tile to fit within 1/32"
of abutting surface.
2 . Fit flooring material into breaks and recesses,
against bases, around pipes and penetrations, under
saddles or thresholds, and around permanent cabinets
and equipment.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
4 . Thickness: 1/8" .
5 . Lengths:
a. Vinyl : Manufacturer's standard coils; not less
than 50 foot :Long; four foot long pieces are pro-
hibited.
6 . Provide manufacturer's standard inside and outside
preformed corners; same gauge, color, height, and
style as adjacent base.
7 . Colors: Selected by Facility Engineers Inc. from
manufacturer's standard colors.
C. Accessories:
1 . Reducers:
a. Type: Similar to Mercer Products Company, Inc. ;
Tile Reducer, #600 Series, actual series deter-
mined by tile thickness.
b. Material : Vinyl .
2 . Colors: Selected by Owner from manufacturer's stan-
dard colors.
D. Application materials:
1 . Crack filler: Manufacturer's recommended type for
substrate encountered; similar to Minwax Construction
Products Division; Por-Rok8 Concrete Repair Kit.
2 . Adhesives: Types and brands of adhesive recommended
by flooring material manufacturer for installation
conditions indicated; asbestos free.
3 . Primer: Type and brand recommended by floor covering
manufacturer.
4 . Wax and cleaner: Types recommended by floor covering
manufacturer for particular type of flooring material.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of conditions:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
C. Vinyl base:
Aoftl
1 . Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2 . GAF Corp. , Floor Products Div.
3 . Kentile Floors, Inc.
4 . Mercer Plastics Company, Inc.
5 . Vinyl Plastics, Inc.
D. Accessories:
1 . Flexco Company.
2 . Johnson Rubber Company.
3 . Mercer Plastics Company, Inc.
4 . R.C. Musson Rubber Company.
5 . Roppe Rubber Corp.
2 .02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Vinyl composition tile:
1 . Type: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
a. Standard Excelon Series, Imperial Texture.
2 . Size: 12" by 12" face size by 1/8" thickness .
3 . Meet Fed Spec SS-T-312B, Type IV, Composition 1, As-
bestos Free.
4 . Colors: Selected by Owner from manufacturer's stan-
dard colors.
B. Base:
1. Material :
a. Vinyl .
2 . Height:
a. Vinyl : 411 .
3 . Style: Standard toe.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
1 .04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental requirements:
1 . Maintain temperature in space to receive resilient
materials at not less than 65 degrees F. for 24 hours
before and 48 hours after installation.
2 . Maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. after
flooring is installed for duration of Project, except
as specified above.
1 .05 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra materials:
1 . Furnish additional materials as follows:
a. Floor tile: One unopened carton from same run for
each 1000 SF floor surface for each color or pat-
tern.
b. Base: 20 LF from same run for each 1000 LF or
portion thereof for each color.
2 . Store on Project site where directed by Owner.
2 . 00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers :
1 . Except as otherwise noted, products specified as stan-
dard of quality are indicated in Article 2 .02 .
2 . Products of manufacturers listed below similar in
type, color selection, and quality listed in Article
2 .02 are acceptable for use, subject to approval of
product list and samples.
B. Vinyl composition tile:
1 . Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2 . Azrock Floor Products Div. , Azrock Industries Inc.
3 . Kentile Floors, Inc.
4 . Vinyl Plastics, Inc.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
000k SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
1 .00 GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
2 . Federal Specifications (Fed Spec) .
1 .02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Indicate product characteristics and in-
stallation requirements, including manufacturer's recom-
mended adhesives and maintenance instructions.
B. Samples:
1. Submit full size samples for each type, color, and
pattern of flooring accessory required.
2 . Submit 1 ' -0" length by full height and thickness size
samples for each type, color, and pattern of base and
accessories required.
C. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates: Submit certificates indicating materi-
als supplied or installed are asbestos free.
1 .03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and shipping: Deliver materials to Project site
in manufacturer's unopened containers with labels indica-
ting brand name, color, pattern, and quality designation
legible and intact.
B. Storage and protection:
1 . Store and protect materials in accord with manufac-
turer's product data.
2 . Store materials in original containers at not less
than 65 degrees F. for not less than 24 hours immedi-
ately prior to installation.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09650-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 RESILIENT FLOORING
5. Seal joints in acoustical units around pipes, ducts,
and electrical outlets with acoustical sealant.
6 . Where cutting of acoustical units is required, cut in
manner to conceal cut or damaged edges in finished
Work.
C. Tolerances:
1 . Maximum deflection for suspension system components,
hangers, and fastening devices supporting lighting
fixtures, ceiling grilles, and acoustical units:
L/360 of span, tested in accord with ASTM C635-83 .
2 . Bow, camber, and twist: Not exceeding tolerances
established by ASTM C635-83 .
3 . Variation from level in finished ceiling: +1/8" in
12 ' -0" .
3 .02 CLEANING
A. Clean soiled or discolored unit surfaces after installa-
tion.
B. Touch-up scratches, abrasions, voids, and other defects in
painted metal surfaces.
C. Remove and replace damaged and stained acoustical units
with new units; use of stockpiled units is prohibited.
+ + END OF SECTION 09510 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09510-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
b. Tremco, Inc. ; Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Suspension system installation:
1 . Install suspension system in accord with applicable
portions of ASTM C636-86 except for paragraph 2 .3 .1
level tolerance. Use level tolerance indicated below.
2 . Hangers:
a. Space hangers for main tees at 4 ' -0" O.C. Secure
to building structure.
b. Install additional hangers at ends of each suspen-
sion member and at each corner of lighting fix-
tures .
C. Splay wires no more than 5" in 4 ' -0" vertical
drop.
d. Where spacing of hangers for main tees exceeds
maximum specified spacing due to interference of
adjacent construction, indirect hang tees using
carrying channels to maintain maximum hanger spac-
ing.
e. Wrap wire tightly, minimum three times horizontal-
ly, turning ends upward.
B. Acoustical unit installation:
1 . Locate and mark access tiles prior to beginning in-
stallation.
2 . Install acoustical units in level plane in straight
line courses, within allowable tolerances; use three
carton mix.
3 . Place materials to lay flush on all suspension mem-
bers.
4 . Install in symmetrical pattern about centerline of
area, unless otherwise indicated. Lay out units hav-
ing directional pattern in same direction.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09510-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
C. Design: Single web.
d. Tee size: 15/16" flange width; 1-1/2" height main
tees; cross tees heights and material thicknesses
required to meet specified structural classifica-
tions.
4 . Edge molding:
a. Normal: Minimum 0.020" thickness steel, channel
or angle shaped with minimum 3/4" flange width,
hemmed edge.
5 . Finish on exposed components: Chemically treated for
paint adhesion with factory applied, low gloss, white
paint.
B. Standard acoustical ceiling panels:
1 . Acceptable product: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
a. Fissured design: Minaboard Fissured design.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Size: 24" by 48" .
A ""`
b. Thickness: 5/8" .
C. Edges: Square.
d. Finish: Factory applied washable paint.
C. Accessories:
1 . Hanger wire: Minimum 12 gauge, galvanized, softannea-
led, mild steel wire.
2 . Wire ties: 18 gauge, galvanized, annealed steel wire.
3 . Hanger clips: Prefabricated metal clamps for fasten-
ing to building structure.
2 .03 ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustical sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, synthe-
tic rubber.
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Pecora Corp. ; BA-98 .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09510-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
B. Ceiling suspension systems:
1 . Chicago Metallic Corp.
2 . Donn Corp.
3 . Eastern Products, Div. of Armstrong World Industries,
Inc.
4 . National Rolling Mills Company.
C. Aluminum suspension system:
1 . Alumax Magnolia Division, Alumax Aluminum Corp.
2 . Donn Corp.
3 . National Rolling Mills, Inc.
4 . Technical Ceiling Systems, Inc.
D. Acoustical panels and tile:
1 . Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2 . Celotex Corp.
3 . USG Interiors, Inc.
2 .02 COMPONENTS
A. Standard exposed ceiling suspension grid system:
1 . Structural characteristics: Intermediate Duty, meet-
ing ASTM C635-86 .
2 . Module:
a. 24" by 48" .
3 . Main and cross tees:
a. Tee material :
1) Normal applications: Cold-rolled steel, elec-
tro-galvanized.
b. Cap material::
1) Normal applications: Cold-rolled steel, elec-
tro-galvanized.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09510-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
a. Submit certificates indicating materials supplied
or installed are asbestos free.
b. Indicate compliance with specified requirements,
including UL fire-resistance ratings.
1 .04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-ups:
1 . Install complete ceiling of each type specified, in
space designated by Facility Engineers Inc. Notify
Facility Engineers Inc. when spaces are ready for
observation.
2 . Following Facility Engineers Inc. 's acceptance, retain
mock-up as standard of quality for ceiling installa-
tion. Accepted mock-up may remain as part of finished
Work.
1 .05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental requirements:
1 . Relative humidity: Maintain within manufacturer' s
recommended range for specified materials.
2 . Maintain uniform temperature in range of 60 degrees F.
to 85 degrees F. for at least 48 hours prior to in-
stallation and after installation for Project dura-
tion.
1 .06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Schedule acoustical material installation to minimize need
for removal and replacement of acoustical units to accom-
modate Work of other trades.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1 . Except as otherwise noted, products specified as stan-
dard of quality are indicated in Article 2 .02 .
2 . Products of manufacturers listed below similar in type
and quality listed in Article 2 .02 are acceptable for
use, subject to approval of product list and samples.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09510-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Related sections:
1 . Section 09900 : Painting.
1 .02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
2 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Include product descriptions and installa-
tion instructions for each material.
B. Shop drawings; include:
1 . Lay-out including locations of lighting fixtures and
grilles.
2 . Insert and hanger spacing and fastening details.
3 . Splicing method for main and cross runners.
4 . Change in level details.
5 . Support at lighting fixtures.
C. Samples; submit following:
1. 6" by 6" samples of each type acoustical material
specified.
2 . 1 ' -0" length of each suspension member.
D. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 09510-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
" 3 .04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Headina #1 :
Doors#101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 108, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133,134, 135, 136, 143, 144 and 145.
Notes: All door hardware by Door Manufacturer.
Headina #2 :
Doors #107, 111, 114, 117 and 137.
Each door to have:
1-1/2 Pair Hinges CB-BB4101
1 Lockset D50PD-Sparta
1 Closer 4110-H-CUSH
1 Kick Plate 8" x 34" x 0.050"
1 Overhead Holder GJ570
1 Set Door Seals 5050
Headina #3 •
Doors #110, 112, 113 and 116 .
Each door to have:
1-1/2 Pair Hinges CB-BB4101
1 Lockset D405--Sparta
1 Kick Plate 8" x 34" x 0.050"
1 Wall Bumper 400
1 Set Door Seals 5050
Heading #4:
Doors #109 and 115.
Each door to have:
1-1/2 Pair Hinges CB-BB4101
1 Lockset D70PD-Sparta
1 Closer 4110-H-CUSH
1 Kick Plate 8" x 34" x 0.050"
1 Set Door Seals 5050
+ + END OF SECTION 08710 + +
Awk
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
1 . Install finish hardware plumb, level, and true to
line, in accord with manufacturer's printed instruc-
tions . Locate hardware, where applicable, in accord
with "Recommended Locations for Builders ' Hardware for
Standard Steel Doors and Frames" .
2 . Install finish hardware to template.
a. Cut and fit substrate to avoid substrate damage
and weakening.
b. Cover cut-outs with hardware item. Mortise Work
to correct location and size, without gouging,
splintering, or causing irregularities in exposed
finish Work.
3 . Where cutting and fitting is required on substrates to
be painted, install, fit, and adjust hardware prior to
finishing, then remove and replace in original packa-
ging. Reinstall hardware after finishing operation is
completed.
B. Thresholds:
1 . Attach to concrete surfaces using lead expansion
shields and countersunk flat head bronze or stainless
steel screws to match threshold color. Set in two
beads butyl sealant specified in Sealants and Caulking
section.
2 . Attach thresholds in concrete using cast-in threshold
anchors .
3 .02 ADJUSTING:
A. Adjust each hardware :item to perform function intended at
time of hardware installation. Lubricate moving parts
using lubricant acceptable to hardware manufacturer.
3 .03 CLEANING:
A. Prior to Date of Substantial Completion, readjust and
relubricate hardware. Repair or replace defective materi-
als. Clean hardware as recommended by manufacturer to
remove dust and stains.
B. Instruct Owner's designated personnel in adjustment and
maintenance of hardware and finishes at time of final
hardware adjustment.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
a. Rockwood Hardware Manufacturing Co.
b. H.B. Ives Company.
C. Quality Hardware Manufacturing Company.
2 . Types.
a. Kick plates: 0 .050" thickness stainless steel; 8"
height by 2" :Less than door width (LDW) .
H. Weatherstripping:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
a. National Guard Products, Inc.
b. Pemko Manufacturing Company.
C. Zero Weatherstripping Company, Inc.
2 . Types: Indicated in Hardware Schedule.
I . Key cabinet:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
a. P.O. Moore Co.
b. Telkee, Inc.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Type: Surface mounted unit manufactured from
patent level cold-rolled furniture steel,
electrowelded construction.
b. Provide door with no-sag continuous piano-type
hinge, equipped with pin tumbler locking device.
C. Provide unit with complete index system including
a dual tag system, visible key receipt system,
three way visible index, and key gathering enve-
lopes.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. General:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
a. Sargent.
"`
b. Von Duprin.
D. Surface mounted door closers:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
a. LCN. *
E. Overhead holders:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Glynn-Johnson Corp.
b. Rixon-Firemark, Inc.
2 . Characteristics: Surface mounted stainless steel arms
and channels, non--handed.
F. Stops and holders:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers :
a. Rockwood Hardware Manufacturing Co.
b. Glynn-Johnson Corp.
C. H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company.
d. Quality Hardware Manufacturing Company.
2 . Types: Indicated in Hardware Schedule.
a. Quality Hardware Manufacturing Company.
3 . Types.
a. Flush bolts: 1-1/4" by 6-3/41, brass front, 1 ' -0"
length top bolt; 1 ' -0" length bottom bolt with
3/4" throw. Provide dustproof bottom strike and
top strike plate.
b. Provide UL listed bolts and accessories for use on
fire-rated doors.
G. Plates:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
3 . Provide either product designated, or, where more than
one manufacturer is listed, comparable product of one
of the other complying manufacturers with requirements
including those specified elsewhere in this section.
2 .02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Hinges:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Hager Hinge Company.
b. Lawrence Brothers. *
C. McKinney Manufacturing Company.
d. Stanley Works.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Types, materials, sizes, and finishes indicated in
Hardware Schedule.
b. Provide ball-:bearing hinges with non-rising stain-
less steel pins and fully concealed ballbearings.
C. Provide 4-1/2" by 4-1/2" hinges, unless otherwise
scheduled.
d. Provide nonremovable pins (NRP) on all exterior
doors.
B. Locksets, latchsets, and specialty locks:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers :
a. Best Lock Company.
b. Corbin Hardware Div. /Emhart Industries, Inc.
C. Russwin Hardware Div. /Emhart Industries, Inc.
d. Sargent and Company.
e. Schlage Lock Company. * Series D heavy duty
cylindrical with sparta lever.
C. Exit devices:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
A. Warrant all architectural hardware for one year period
after Date of Substantial Completion. Warrant door clos-
ers for additional four years.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Keying:
1 . Establish keying into Owner's existing master key sys-
tem.
2 . Operate locksets by construction key system until Date
of Substantial Completion. At that time, assist Owner
in voiding construction key system.
3 . Transmit keys, except construction master keys to
Owner from hardware supplier. Index, tag, and deliver
keys in sealed container.
4 . Provide the following number of keys:
a. Construction master keys: Six each.
b. Change keys: Two per lock.
C. Great grand master keys, grand master keys, master
keys: Six each.
B. Finishes:
1 . Hinges :
a. Applied to metal doors: Prime coated for paint-
ing.
2 . Door closers: Spray paint to match adjacent hardware.
3 . All other hardware: 626 satin chrome, except as
otherwise noted in Hardware Schedule.
C. Manufacturer's product designations:
1 . One or more manufacturers are listed for each hardware
type required.
2 . An asterisk (*) after manufacturer's name indicates
whose product designation is used in Hardware Schedule
for purpose of establishing minimum requirements.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
B. Samples : Samples of hardware items may be requested for
Facility Engineers Inc. ' s approval . Submit at same time
as hardware schedule. Samples will be returned to
supplier.
C. Templates: Furnish templates and approved finish hardware
schedule to door and frame manufacturers for use in fabri-
cation.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier's qualifications: Furnish services of an AHC
responsible for hardware scheduling, keying, coordinating
with other trades, consulting with Facility Engineers Inc.
and Owner, and on-site inspections.
B. Provide hardware for faire-rated openings in compliance
with current requirements of NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 . Pro-
vide exit hardware for fire-rated openings with appro-
priate UL markings.
C. Hardware vendor responsibilities:
1 . Assist Subcontractor in setting up and organizing
Project site storage room for architectural hardware.
Mark all items clearly with manufacturer's model num-
ber, door number, and hardware schedule item number.
2 . Be available to meet with Facility Engineers Inc. ,
Owner, and Subcontractor as Work progresses to insure
proper coordination with other Work.
3 . After complete installation of all hardware, inspect
all items of finish hardware for proper installation
and adjustment. Check all locks for handing. Check
stops for placement and installation.
4 . File a written report of this inspection in four cop-
ies to Facility Engineers Inc.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver finish hardware to Project site in manufacturer's
original packaging with hardware set number and door
number marked on package. Include manufacturer's printed
installation instructions, fasteners, and installation
tools.
B. Store finish hardware in a clean, dry storage area.
1 .06 WARRANTY
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
1.00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Related sections:
1. Section 07470 : Cold Storage Insulation Systems .
2 . Section 08110: Steel Doors and Frames.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .
2 . Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) .
3 . Factory Mutual (FM) .
4 . National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) .
5 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Hardware schedule:
1 . Indicate manufacturer's name, product description,
finish and location of each item, and complete keying
schedule. Include manufacturer's cut sheets for each
hardware item.
2 Indicate compliance with ANSI A117 .1 handicap accessi-
bility standards.
3 . Cross reference all numbers used within schedule that
deviate from those specified.
a. Column 1: State specified item and manufacturer.
b. Column 2 : State prior approved substituted item
and its manufacturer.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08710-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DOOR HARDWARE
a. Set welded frames in position prior to beginning
partition Work. Brace frames until permanent
anchors are set.
b. Set anchors for frames as Work progresses. In-
stall anchors at hinge and strike levels. Provide
mortar guards at frame mortises in masonry walls.
C. Remove temporary braces and spreaders after wall
construction is complete.
d. Fire-rated frames: Install in accord with req-
uirements of NFPA #80 .
e. Install welded frames in prepared openings in
concrete and masonry walls using countersunk bolts
or expansion shields and anchors in accord with
SDI-111-F-85; fill or plug frame hole completely
after doors and hardware are installed.
B. Door installation:
1 . Install steel doors in frames, use hardware specified
in Door Hardware section.
2 . Edge clearances at doors :
a. Between door and frame, at head and jambs: 1/8" .
b. Meeting edges of door pairs and at mullions: 1/8" .
C. Transom panels, without transom bars: 1/811 .
d. Sills:
1) Without thresholds: 3/8" maximum above finish
floor.
3 . Fire-rated doors: Install in accord with requirements
of NFPA #80 .
+ + END OF SECTION 08110 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
a. Factory prepare units for hardware in accord with
templates furnished under Door Hardware section
and in accord with SDI-100-85 .
b. Reinforcement: Reinforce components for hardware
installation in accord with SDI-107-84 .
C. Punch single leaf frames to receive three silenc-
ers; double frames to receive one silencer per
leaf, at head. Install silencers.
B. Shop finishing: Finish doors in accord with finish speci-
fied above.
C. Tolerances:
1 . Frames:
a. Overall dimensions: +3/64" in opening height;
+1/16" , -1/32" in opening width.
b. Throat opening: +1/16" .
C. Frame depth: +1/32" .
2 . Doors:
a. Overall dimensions: +3/64" maximum variation in
width and length; +1/16" variation in thickness.
b. Door squareness: +1/16" variation in diagonal
dimension.
C. Flatness: +3/32" when measured with straight edge
from corner to corner; each face.
3 . Other tolerances: Indicated in SDI-117-85.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Setting frames:
1. General : Install in accord with SDI-105-82 and as
follows:
2 . Welded frames:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
b. Interior units:
1) Closets, bathroom, individual office, and
storage rooms: Grade I, Standard Duty, Model
1, Full Flush Hollow Steel Construction; 18
gauge material .
2) All other locations: Grade II, Heavy Duty,
Model 3, Seamless, Hollow Steel Construction;
18 gauge material; full welded seam.
C. Rated units: Grade II, Heavy Duty, Model 4, Seam-
less Composite Construction; 18 gauge material,
with asbestos free mineral core bonded to face
sheets.
2. Thickness: 1-3/411 , unless otherwise indicated on
drawings.
3 . Labels: Provide attached label indicating rating for
required openings.
G. Louvers:
1 . Inverted "V" type: Sightproof, 20 gauge blades, weld-
ed in 18 gauge frame, providing not less than 505 free
air movement.
2 . Inverted "Y" type: Sightproof, 20 gauge, blades,
welded in 18 gauge frame, providing not less than 30%
free air movement,.
3 . Grille type: Sightproof, minimum 22 gauge fin type,
providing not less than 80% free air movement.
H. Applied stops : Formed, 20 gauge steel with square butt or
mitered corners; prepare for gasket if required. Attach
using countersunk oval. head machine screws at 1 ' -0" O.C.
maximum.
2 .03 FABRICATION
A. Shop assembly:
1 . Fabricate doors and frames to sizes and profiles indi-
cated on reviewed shop drawings.
2 . Hardware preparation:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
b. Provide welded frames with temporary spreaders
during shipment, handling, and installation.
C. Gauge: 16 gauge.
d. Locations: Frames in masonry and concrete walls,
fire rated frames, and frames over 7 ' -0" in height
in gypsum board partitions .
e. Labels: Provide attached label for required open-
ings.
3 . Provide manufacturer's standard rubber, neoprene, or
silicone silencers; locations indicated below.
E. Frame anchors:
1 . Wall anchors for frame attachment to masonry construc-
tion:
a. Type: Adjustable, T-shaped anchors or approved
wire anchors.
b. Provide anchors at 2 ' -0" O.C. , maximum, each jamb.
C. Provide UL type anchors for fire-rated frames .
2 . Floor anchors: Provide clip type to receive two fas-
teners per clip, weld to bottom of jambs and mullions;
18 gauge steel, minimum.
3 . Provide 3/8" dia. countersunk, flat head, stove bolts
in expansion shields; space 6" maximum from top and
bottom of frame, 2 ' -0" maximum between at in-place
masonry or concrete.
F. Door construction:
1 . Classification:
a. Exterior units:
1) Non-insulating type: Grade III, Extra Heavy
Duty, Model 3, Seamless, Hollow Steel Cons-
truction;; 16 gauge material; unitized grid
inner structure.
2) Insulating type: Grade III, Extra Heavy Duty,
Model 4, Seamless Composite Construction; 16
gauge material; with 20 PSI compressive
strength foamed-in-place polyurethane core.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
1 . Mesker Door Co.
2 . Amweld Building Products, Inc.
3 . The Ceco Corp. , Ceco Door Division.
4 . Dittco Products, Inc.
5. Fenestra Corp.
6 . The Kewanee Corp.
7 . Pioneer Industries.
8 . Republic Builders Products Corp.
9 . American-Standard Co. , Steelcraft.
2 .02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. General : Fabricate members in accord with SDI-100-85,
except where more stringent requirements are specified.
B. Material : Meeting ASTM A366-85, cold rolled steel.
1 . sheet.
2 . sheet, exterior components having zinc coating meeting
ASTM A525-87, coating designation G60; wipe coat gal-
vanized steel (WCGS) components are prohibited.
C. Finish:
1 . One coat manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive prim-
er.
2 . Two coats manufacturer' s standard rust-inhibitive
primer, after treatment of galvanized surfaces for
paint adhesion.
D. Frame construction:
1 . General: Provide pressed steel construction frames
for doors, sidelights, transoms, mullions, borrowed
lights, and other indicated openings.
2 . Welded type:
a. Provide welded steel construction; joints fully
welded; dress; and grind face smooth.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
B. Shop drawings : Indicate door and frame elevations, sec-
OOW materials, gauges, finishes, fabrication and erec-
tion details, location of finish hardware by dimension,
and details of openings and louvers.
C. Samples, submit as follows:
1. Door: 1 ' -0" by 1 '-0" corner section showing door
construction.
2 . Welded frame: 1 ' -0" by 1 ' -0" head and jamb corner
section showing welded corner construction.
3 . Anchors: One of each type.
D. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates :
a. Submit certificates indicating materials supplied
or installed are asbestos free.
1 .04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Certifications: Furnish fire-rated components bearing
factory applied labels of UL or FM; give component rating.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and shipping: Deliver Work packaged for protec-
tion.
B. Acceptance at site: Inspect Work upon delivery for dam-
age; reject damaged items.
C. Storage and protection: Store materials under cover, 4"
off floor, minimum, raised platforms, in vertical position
with minimum 1/4" space between doors. Avoid use of
nonvented plastic or canvas shelters which create humidity
chambers. Immediately remove wet wrappers.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers: Manufactured units of the
following manufacturers are acceptable for use. Other
regional and local manufacturers are acceptable, provided
units are manufactured and certified to SDI standards and
meet specified criteria.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
SECTION 08110
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
1 .00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Related sections:
1. Section 03300 : Cast-in-Place Concrete.
2 . Section 04220 : Concrete Unit Masonry.
3 . Section 07920 : Sealants and Caulking.
4 . Section 08710: Door Hardware.
5 . Section 09900 : Painting.
1 .02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
2 . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .
3 . Factory Mutual (FM) .
4 . National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) .
5 . Steel Door Institute (SDI) .
6 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .
B. Industry standards :
1 . NFPA: National Fire Codes, Volume 4 .
2 . SDI: Technical Data Series.
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Submit manufacturer' s standard product
data.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 08110-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
5 . Cure caulking materials in accord with manufacturer' s
product data to obtain high early bond strength, in-
ternal cohesive strength, and surface durability.
3 . 03 SCHEDULE
A. Schedule below indicates general sealant locations and
usage type. Reviewed submittals indicate exact location
of each sealant.
B. Silicone bath sealant:
1 . Perimeter of all plumbing fixtures mounted on walls
and adjacent materials.
2 . Top and edges of backsplashes at all countertops .
3 . Locations requiring NSF, USDA, or other sanitary code
requirements.
C. Silicone sealant:
1 . Exterior and interior vertical working expansion and
control joints.
2 . Exterior and interior perimeter of all door and window
*; frames to adjacent materials .
3 . Interior vertical working joints.
D. Acrylic latex caulk: All interior non-working joints
between dissimilar adjacent materials.
E. Butyl caulk: Use double bead at sill or threshold of all
exterior swinging doors.
+ + END OF SECTION 07920 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
2 . Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces to remove
alkalinity, unless caulking material manufacturer' s
product data indicates alkalinity does not interfere
with bond and performance. Etch with sealant manufac-
turer's recommended materials in accord with sealant
manufacturer's reviewed installation instructions and
product data.
3 . Roughen joint surfaces on vitreous coated and similar
non-porous materials, unless caulking material manu-
facturer's data indicates equal bond strength as po-
rous surfaces. Rub with fine abrasive cloth or wool
to produce dull sheen.
3 .02 APPLICATION
A. General : Comply with sealant material manufacturer' s
printed installation instructions, except where more
stringent requirements are required, indicated, or speci-
fied.
B. Primer: Prime or seal joint surfaces where recommended by
caulking material manufacturer. Do not allow primer/seal-
er to spill or migrate onto adjacent surfaces.
C. Backer rod: Install for all caulking materials, except
where recommended to be omitted by material manufacturer
for application indicated.
D. Sealant:
1 . Employ installation techniques which will insure caul-
king materials are deposited in uniform, continuous
ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete
wetting of joint bond surfaces. ,
2 . Fill joint to form slight cove, so joint will not trap
moisture and debris where horizontal joints are be-
tween horizontal and vertical surface.
3 . Do not allow materials to overflow or spill onto adja-
cent surfaces. Use masking tape or other precaution-
ary devices to prevent staining of adjacent surfaces.
4 . Remove excess and misplaced materials as Work progres-
ses. Clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence
of misplaced materials, without damage to adjacent
surfaces or finishes.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
1 . Type: Compressible rod stock polyethylene foam, poly-
ethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber
foam, or neoprene foam; open or closed cell; type
recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility
with material .
2 . Provide size and shape of rod to control joint depth,
break bond at joint bottom, form optimum shape of bead
on back side, and minimize possibility of extrusion
when joint is compressed.
E. Tooling agent: Agent recommended by sealant or caulk
manufacturer to ensure contact of material with inner
joint faces.
F. Divider strips: Synthetic rubber or closed cell synthetic
foam not less than 1/16" thick and full depth of caulking
material; approved by manufacturers of dissimilar materi-
als as being compatible with each other.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 PREPARATION
A. Protection of adjacent_ surfaces:
1 . Protect by applying masking material or manipulating
application equipment to keep materials in joint.
Allowing tape to touch cleaned surfaces to receive
sealant if masking materials are used is prohibited.
2 . Remove misapplied caulking materials from surfaces
using solvents and methods recommended by manufactur-
er.
3 . Restore surfaces to original condition and appearance
where caulking materials have been removed.
B. Surface protection:
1 . Clean joint surfaces immediately before caulking
joints. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture, and
other substances interfering with bond.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
E. Butyl caulk:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Pecora Corp. ; BC-158 .
b. Tremco, Inc. ; Butyl Sealant.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Type: One part butyl rubber caulk meeting Fed.
Spec. TT-S-001657, Type I .
b. Color: Black.
F. Acrylic sealant:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Pecora Corp. ; 60+ Unicrylic.
b. Toch/Carboline Company; Acrilast 570 .
C. Tremco, Inc. ; Mono.
2 . Characteristics:
0
a. Meets Fed. Spec. TT-S-00230 .
b. Colors: Selected by Facility Engineers Inc. from
manufacturer' s standard selection.
2 . 02 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint cleaner: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer
for substrates indicated.
B. Joint primer/sealer: Type recommended by sealant manufac-
turer for conditions encountered.
C. Bond breaker tape: Plastic tape applied to contact sur-
faces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be
avoided for sealant material performance.
D. Sealant backer rod:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
C. Colors: Selected by Facility Engineers Inc. from
manufacturer's standard selection.
C. Silicone bath sealant:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Dow Corning Corp. ; #786 Mildew Resistant Silicone
Sealant.
b. GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700 Sealant.
C. Pecora Corp. ; #863 .
d. Sonneborn-Rexnord; Omniplus .
e. Tremco, Inc. ; Proglaze.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Type: One part silicone rubber; mildew and stain
resistant, meeting ASTM C920-86, Type S, Grade NS,
Class 25 .
b. Color: Translucent.
D. Acrylic-latex caulking compound:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Bostik Construction Products Division; Chem-Calk
600 .
b. W.R. Meadows, Inc. ; Easaply.
C. Pecora Corp. ; AC-20 .
d. Sonneborn-Rexnord; Sonolac.
e. Tremco, Inc. ; Acrylic Latex Caulk.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Flexible, paintable, non-staining, non-bleeding,
acrylic emulsion meeting ASTM C834-76 (1986) .
b. Colors: Selected by Facility Engineers Inc. from
manufacturer's standard selection.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Silicone sealant:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Dow Corning Corp. ; #790 .
b. GE Silicones; Silglaze8 N.
C. Pecora Corp. ; #864 .
d. Sonneborn-Rexnord; Omniseal.
e. Tremco Inc. ; Spectrem 1 .
2 . Characteristics:
a. Type: One part silicone rubber meeting ASTM C920-
-86, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 .
b. Design: 50% extension and 50% compression.
C. Colors: Selected by Facility Engineers Inc. from
manufacturer's standard selection.
B. Silicone sealant:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. Dow Corning Corp. ; #999 .
b. GE Silicones; Construction 1200 Sealant.
C. Pecora Corp. ; #863 .
d. Sonneborn-Rexnord; Omniplus.
e. Tremco Inc. ; Spectrem 2 .
2 . Characteristics:
a. Type: One part silicone rubber meeting ASTM C920-
-86, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 .
b. Design: 25% extension and 25% compression.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
1 . Prepare, caulk, and finish one sample of each joint
condition.
2 . Obtain Facility Engineers Inc. 's approval of sample
joints prior to beginning Work; retain approved sam-
ples as standard for Work.
B. Preinstallation conference:
1 . Prior to installation of sealants and caulking materi-
als, conference will be held to review Work to be
accomplished.
2 . Contractor and other subcontractors concerned with
sealants and caulking installation shall be present.
3 . Notify Facility Engineers Inc. at least three days
prior to meeting.
4 . Verify all required submittals have been reviewed;
verify sample panels acceptance.
5 . Record minutes of meeting; distribute to attending
parties.
1 .05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather conditions:
1 . Installation of materials under adverse weather condi-
tions is prohibited; install only within manufacturer
recommended temperature range.
2 . Proceed with Work only when forecasted weather condi-
tions are favorable for joint cure and development of
high early bond strength.
3 . Install materials only when temperatures are in lower
third of manufacturer' s recommended installation tem-
perature, wherever joint width is affected by ambient
temperature variations.
1 .06 WARRANTY
A. Warrant Work to be free from defects in materials and
workmanship, including joint failure, for five year pe-
riod; begin at Date of Substantial Completion.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
5) stains adjacent Work.
6) develops bubbles, air pockets, or voids.
5 . Sealant: Weather-proof elastomer used in filling and
sealing joints, having properties of adhesion, cohe-
sion, extensibility under tension, compressibility,
and recovery; designed to make joints air and water-
tight. Material is designed generally for application
to joints at exterior of structures and for other
joints subject to movement.
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Submit manufacturer' s product description,
indicating conformance with specified requirements and
installation instructions for each type sealant. Indicate
preparation requirements for each substrate condition.
B. Shop drawings: Submit complete shop drawings and sched-
ules; indicate all joint locations and sealant selection
and color for each joint.
C. Samples:
1. Material colors: Submit samples of manufacturer's
standard caulking material colors and special colors
indicated.
2 . Material samples: Submit actual materials or litera-
ture depicting actual material colors. Facility Engi-
neers Inc. reserves right to reject Work not in accord
with selected colors, based upon samples submitted.
3 . Selecting manufacturer meeting specified requirements,
except for minimum color range requirements requires
responsibility for furnishing special colors within
color range requirements; submit special colors for
Facility Engineers Inc. 's acceptance.
D. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates: Submit certificates indicating materi-
als supplied or installed are asbestos free.
1 .04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-ups:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
SECTION 07920
SEALANTS AND CAULKING
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
2 . Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec. ) .
3 . Sealant and Waterproofer's Institute (SWI) .
B. Industry standards:
1 . SWI: Association quality standard guidelines for
sealant installation.
1 .02 DEFINITIONS
A. Terms:
1 . Caulk: Process of filling joints, without regard to
type of material .
2 . Caulking compound: Material used in filling joints
and seams, having properties of adhesion and cohesion;
not be required to have extensibility and recovery
properties, usually applied to joints at interior of
structures.
3 . Joint failure: Caulked joint exhibiting one or more
of the following characteristics:
a. Leaks air or water.
b. Sealant:
1) migrates .
2) loses adhesion or cohesion.
3) does not cure.
4) discolors.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07920-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
C. After installation and adjustment, all doors shall be
inspected by a qualified technical representative of the
door manufacturer as approved by the Architect and his
written recommendations for correction followed, for
operation satisfactory to the Architect. Contractor shall
furnish Owner and Architect with a copy of the report to
be supplied by door manufacturer's home office.
3 .04 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces; of manufactured wall panels after
completion and installation, including removal of strip-
pable coating, if any.
B. Comply with recommendations of both panel and coating
manufacturers.
+ + END OF SECTION 07470 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-17
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
oil
2 . Anchoring and fastening: Provide for thermal and
structural movement ' anchor and fasten components to
prevent buckling of metal, opening at joints, undue
stress to fasteners, and other detrimental effects to
assembly.
3 . Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent corrosive or
electrolytic action between metals; coat concealed
surfaces with bituminous paint, or use gasketed fas-
teners.
4 . Install sealants in accordance with requirements of
Sealants and Caulking section.
C. Tolerances: Install work of this section true to line,
with variation from straight line not exceeding 1/4" in
20 ' -0" .
D. Doors
1 . Install doors, frames, hardware and electrical
components in strict accordance with Architect' s
drawings and specifications and the door
manufacturer's written instructions .
2 . Complete installation, operating and maintenance
instructions shall be supplied for each door
manufacturer.
3 . Manufacturer shall furnish all lags, bolts, screws and
fastenings necessary to install doors, hardware and
frame members to wood or steel bucks, including floor
bolts.
4 . Install frames plumb and square, in correct locations
indicated on drawings and with a maximum diagonal
distortion of 1/8" . Ensure frames are securely and
rigidly anchored to adjacent construction.
3 .03 ADJUSTING
A. Remove damaged or marred panels and component parts beyond
successful repair, as directed; replace with new, undam-
aged panels and component parts.
B. Repairs to in-place work will only be permitted as direct-
ed.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-16
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
h. Springs will be torsion type, low-stress, helical
wound, oil tempered spring wire per ASTM-229, to
provide minimum 25, 000 cycles of use on continuous
solid or tubular steel shaft. Spring fittings and
drums will be made of die cast, high strength
aluminum. Pre-formed galvanized steel aircraft
cable shall provide a minimum of a 5 :1 safety
factor.
i . Door shall meet or exceed wind load requirements
established by ANSI/NAGDM 102-1988 in accordance
with ASTM-E-330-7 .
j . Doors shall be equipped with an acrylic double
thermal window of the manufacturer's standard size
where indicated on the drawings.
2 .02 FABRICATION
A. Shop assembly: Fabricate components of system to greatest
extent possible in factory in accordance with reviewed
shop drawings.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of conditions
1 . Verify substrate is in compliance with manufactured
metal siding manufacturer' s requirements.
2 . Notify Facility Engineers Inc. in writing of any con-
ditions affecting proper manufactured metal siding
installation.
3 . Beginning work indicates acceptance of substrate and
conditions.
3 .02 INSTALLATION
A. Sub-girts : install in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and reviewed shop drawings .
B. Metal siding panels, grim, flashings, closures, corners,
and drips:
1 . General : Install in accordance with manufacturer' s
instructions and reviewed shop drawings.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-15
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
k. Freezer doors shall be equipped on four sides at
gasket with a UL listed heater cable system with
adjustable thermostat to eliminate frost, ready
for connection to 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase
power.
4 . Sectional Vertical and High Lift Doors
a. Size and operation shall be as shown on drawings.
b. Sections shall be a minimum 20 gauge structural
quality, hot-dipped galvanized steel with an
alloyed coating of zinc-aluminum exterior and
interior, factory finished with a baked-on
polyester primer and white polyester finish coats .
C. The door shall be a minimum 2" thick with the
cavity between the interior and exterior skin
completely filled with foamed-in-place
polyurethane insulation and separated by thermal
break to prevent heat or cold conductivity.
d. Insulation shall be a rigid foamed-in-place
polyurethane core free of CFC's with a minimum
certified R-value of 17 .5, U-value of .057 when
tested in accordance with ASTM C236-37 .
e. End stiles shall be 16 gauge.
f. All hinges and brackets shall be galvanized steel .
Full floating ball bearing rollers will have
hardened steel races. Track and roller shall be
311 . Rollers to have minimum 10 steel ball
bearings. Bumper springs shall be furnished.
Provide slide bolts at each jamb for securing
bottom bar tc guide. Each slide bolt shall have a
padlock eye.
g. Doors shall be equipped with factory installed
joint seals between sections, jamb seals on the
ends of exterior surface, a top seal on the top
section to seal against header, and an astragal on
the bottom section. Air infiltration rating shall
be .08 CFM per square foot of door at 15mph in
accordance with ASTM-E-283-73 .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-14
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
C. Panels shall be filled with polyurethane
insulation with an R value of 30 at 4" thick doors
and 45 at 6" thick doors. Insulation is to be
pored into cavity under controlled area and
pressure, adherence to panels with high strength
adhesive to achieve maximum unit rigidity.
d. Seams and fastenings on warm side of freezer door
leaf to be vapor sealed to protect against
moisture penetration. Frame shall be AC grade
exterior plywood or clear kiln dried Douglas Fir
clad with 26 gauge painted galvanized metal to
match door panel, 1-1/2" total thickness) . Frame
shall be wrap-around type including inside trim.
All lumber to receive one coat of tung oil before
application of metal . Header shipped with track
factory mounted.
e. Door shall travel on fully exposed heavy duty
track rail constructed of 3/4" square steel alloy
bar welded to full width angle. Track to be "down
and in" design using contoured ramps and combining
with carrier assembly to provide compression for
seal in closed position and minimum gasket wear
during operation.
. f. V-groove trolley rollers to conform to track and
be equipped with heavy duty ball bearings having
hardened races, permanently lubricated with low
temperature grease for lifetime maintenance-free
operation.
g. Galvanized carrier and hanger assembly to have
easily adjustable hanger rods and positive locking
devices to assure proper door height and providing
superior compression seal at sill . Carrier to be
stainless steel for plastic or stainless clad
doors.
h. Heavy duty adjustable stay rollers with 4"
diameter minimum low temperature elastomeric
roller.
i . Fastenings and all hardware to have galvanized
finish.
j . Gaskets to be grease resistant elastomeric
compound with fiber reinforcement. Sill gaskets
top be sweep type on front and back of door leaf.
Gaskets to be mounted to casing frame, 3 sides, in
such a manner to provide adjustment against door
panel . Gasket contacts to be visible.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-13
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
d. Frame shall be AC grade exterior plywood clad with
26 gauge painted, galvanized metal to match door
panel, 1-1/2" total thickness. Frame shall be
wrap-around type including inside trim.
e. At interior doors, sill shall be flushed to floor
type with CAM lift self rising hinges. Exterior
doors to have high sill type frame and door
bottom, except where emergency egress requires
flush fit with self rising hinges .
f. Gaskets at sides, head and sill (exterior doors)
to be grease resistant synthetic skin with
resilient sponge core. Sill gasket for interior
doors shall be a double nylon reinforced neoprene
sweep type.
g. Hardware to have protective coating against
corrosion and to consist of adjustable spring or
ball bearing hinges (CAM-Lift on interior doors
and exterior emergency egress doors) , latch with
padlock provision, adjustable strike, panic bar
exit device on exterior doors, and inside safety
release which permits door to be opened from
inside even when padlocked on outside.
h. Freezer doors shall be equipped on four sides at
gasket contact areas with a UL listed heater cable
system with adjustable thermostat to eliminate
frost, ready for connection to 120 volt, 60 cycle,
single phase power. Heater cable shall be in
bottom of door and 3 sides of frame at interior
doors, 4 sides of frame at exterior doors.
i . All metal cladding on warm side of door and frame
shall be applied with all seams soldered and
penetrating bolts sealed vapor tight.
3 . Horizontal Sliding Cooler/Freezer Doors
a. Size, thickness and use shall be as indicted on
drawings.
b. Door panel to be constructed of 24 gauge
galvanized steel primed with two coats of
polyurethane paint. Panels to be reinforced as
required for hardware attachment.
W.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-12
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
C. Insulation shall be installed with all joints
staggered and butting all edges tightly.
3 . Slip Sheet
a. A slip sheet of 6 mil polyethylene shall be loose-
ly laid over the floor insulation prior to con-
crete slab placement.
b. All joints in the slip sheet shall be overlapped a
minimum of twelve inches (12" ) with the top lap
placed in the direction concrete will be spread.
C. The slip sheet shall extend vertically for a dis-
tance of eight feet (8 ' -011 ) to temporarily protect
the wall finish and insulation. After concrete
placement for slabs and curbs, the exposed slip
sheet shall be removed.
4 . Non-Setting Butyl Sealant: See Section 2 .01, para-
graph A, sub-paragraph 10 of this Specification Sec-
tion.
D. Cold Storage Doors
1 . Acceptable Manufacturers
a. Swinging cooler/freezer doors and horizontal slid-
ing cooler/freezer doors shall be manufactured by
Jamison Door Co. or Enviro Cold Storage Doors.
b. Sectional vertical and high lift doors shall be
manufactured by Wayne Dalton Corp. or Overhead
Door Corporation.
2 . Swinging Cooler/Freezer Doors
a. Size, thickness and use shall be as indicated on
drawings.
b. Door panel to be constructed of 20 gauge galva-
nized steel, primed, and with two coats of polyur-.
ethane paint. Panels to be reinforced as required
for hardware attachment.
C. Panels shall be filled with polyurethane
insulation with an R value of 30 at 4" thick doors
and 45 at 6" thick doors.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-11
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
3 . A loose single ply membrane roof system shall be in-
stalled over the extruded polystyrene insulation in
accordance with Specification Section 07532 .
C. Floor Insulation System
1 . Vapor Barrier
a. A 10 mil polyethylene vapor barrier shall be in-
stalled under the perimeter insulation and floor
insulation.
b. A 20 mil vinyl vapor barrier shall be installed
under the insulated metal panels as shown on the
drawings .
C. A 4 ' -0" by 4 ' -0" by 0 .045" thick EPDM vapor barri-
er with holes undercut for a tight fit on the
anchor bolts shall be provided under the wood
blocks under the column base plates as shown on
the drawings .
d. All joints in the vapor barrier shall be over-
lapped a minimum of six inches (611 ) at a vinyl to
vinyl joint and a minimum of twelve inches (1211 )
everywhere else.
e. All joints shall be sealed with a minimum of two
(2) continuous beads of non-setting butyl sealant
and continuous three inch (311 ) wide duct tape.
f. Any penetrations or tears in the vapor barrier
shall be repaired and sealed with non-setting
butyl sealant and duct tape prior to installation
of any floor insulation.
2 . Floor Insulation
a. Floor insulation shall be extruded polystyrene
"Styrofoam SM" as manufactured by the Dow Chemical
Company or "Foamular" as manufactured by U.C.
Industries.
b. Floor insulation thickness shall be as shown on
the drawings. If no thickness is shown, the fol-
lowing shall be used:
1 . Freezer: Six inches (611 ) thick comprised of
two three inch (3" ) layers.
2 . Cooler and Docks: Three inch (311 ) by four
foot (4 -011 ) wide perimeter insulation.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-10
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
AOW*- 11 . Foam-In-Place Insulation
a. Foam-in-place insulation shall be "Froth-Pak" ,
portable froth/spray-in-place polyurethane foam as
manufactured by InstaFoam Products, Inc. , Joliet,
Illinois or approved equal .
b. Material is to be a Class 1, .two-component poly-
urethane froth/spray to be installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's specifications
and instructions.
B. Roofing and Roof Insulation
1. Roof Insulation
a. Roof insulation shall be a combination of expanded
polystyrene and extruded polystyrene.
b. Roof insulation thickness shall be as shown on the
drawings.
C. Insulation installed in two or three layers, as
shown on drawings, shall have joints staggered.
All edges shall be butted tightly.
d. The extruded polystyrene insulation shall be "Sty-
rofoam SM" as manufactured by the Dow Chemical
Company or "Foamular" as manufactured by U.C.
Industries.
1 . Insulation shall have an 25 psi average com-
pressive strength, an aged R-value of 5 .00 per
inch of thickness at 75 0F and meet ASTM C578-
87a.
e. The expanded polystyrene shall be "Insulfoam EPS"
as manufactured by the AFM Corporation or approved
equal .
1 . Insulation shall have a 1 .0 PCF dry weight
density, 10 to 14 psi (10% deformation) com-
pressive strength, an R-value of 3 .85 per inch
of thickness at 75°F and meet ASTM C177 or
C518 .
f. Foam-in-place insulation: See Section 2 .01, para-
graph A, sub-paragraph 11 of this specification
section.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-9
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
6 . Panel Core
a. Foam core shall be continuously foamed-in-place
polyurethane, with the following nominal proper-
ties.
1 . 92% closed cell structure.
2 . Density: nominal 2 .2 lbs/ft3
3 . Compressive strength: 22 ,psi .
4 . Tensile strength: 30 psi .
5 . Shear strength: 22 psi .
7 . Vapor Flashing
a. Vapor flashing shall be Peal and Seal self stick
aluminum roll roofing as manufactured by MFM Buil-
ding Products Corp.
b. Vapor flashing shall be installed in strict accor-
dance with the manufacturer's specifications and
instructions.
8 . Pourable Sealer
a. Pourable sealer shall be Sikaflex 201 as manufac-
tured by the Sika Corporation or approved equal .
b. Pourable sealer shall be installed in strict ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's specifications
and instructions .
C. Color shall be selected by the Architect.
9 . Sealant Tape
a. Sealant tape shall be Chemseco modified isobuty-
lene tripolymer tape TC-84 as manufactured by
Chemseco or approved equal .
b. Sealant tape shall be installed in strict accord-
ance with the manufacturer' s specifications and
instructions.
10 . Non-Setting Butyl Sealant
a. Non-setting butyl sealant shall be Chemseco SM-501
as manufactured by Chemseco or approved equal .
b. Non-setting butyl sealant shall be installed in
strict accordance with the manufacturer' s specifi-
cations and instructions.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-8
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
4 . Panel side joints shall be roll formed double offset
tongue-in-groove and shall be attached with concealed
clips and fasteners in the panel joint, or with back
fasteners. Design and spacing of fasteners shall be
the Panel Manufacturer's responsibility.
5 . Panel accessories and trim:
a. Unless specified or detailed otherwise, Panel
Manufacturers trim shall be used according to the
details provided on the approved shop drawings.
b. where such trim is used in connection with the
vapor sealing of the panel, non-setting butyl
sealant, sealant tape, pourable sealer, vapor
barrier and foam in place insulation shall be
placed in accordance with those details.
C. Panel accessories and trim shall be G-90 hot
dipped galvanized with the following minimum
thickness:
Base channel 16 gauge
Offset clip 12 gauge
Cap channel 18 gauge
Exterior and Interior
corner flashing 24 gauge
Joint flashing 24 gauge
Personnel door and
miscellaneous panel
opening flashing 24 gauge
Dock door 10 gauge
Material handling
access doors 24 gauge w/
10 gauge face plate
Other miscellaneous trim 24 gauge
d. 24 gauge panel trim shall be finished in a color
to match the adjacent panel.
e. Panel accessories and trim shall be fastened to
the panels with self tapping screws with sealing
washers. Pop rivets shall not be used except for
connection of the cap channel to the panel . Pop
rivets may be used only in this location.
f. The face of the panels shall be cut as shown on
the drawings to provide a thermal break.
g. All joints, gaskets, stiffeners, and all other
accessories shall be supplied by the panel manu-
facturer.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-7
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
I . Freeze/Heat Cycling: The panel shall exhibit not
delamination, surface blistering or permanent bowing when
subjected to cyclic temperature extremes of -200°F to
+180°F for twenty-one (21) eight hour temperature cycles.
J. Fire Test: Panels shall have been tested by Factory Mutual
in accordance with Factory Mutual Research Corporation
Standard 4880 Building Corner Fire Test Procedure. Core
material shall have been tested for "surface burning
characteristics" in accordance with standard ASTM E-84
test procedure. Flame spread 25 maximum and smoke devel-
oped 450 maximum. These numerical ratings are not intended
to reflect hazards presented by this or any other material
under actual fire conditions.
Factory Mutual approved per Factory Mutual 's Standard 4880
as specified in Approval Report J.I . OR2SO.AM and Factory
Mutual Standard 441 as; listed in Approval Report J.I .
P4A5 .AM.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Insulated Metal Panels
1 . Insulated panels shall be Metal-Span III, CF-44 and
CF-45 wall panels as manufactured by Metl-Span or
similar panels as manufactured by Aluma Shield Indus-
tries .
2 . Panel Facings
a. Panel facings shall be pre-painted, stucco em-
bossed, G-90 hot dipped galvanized twenty-four
(26) gage steel for both inner and outer face.
b. Panel profiles:
1) Exterior faces: "Fluted mesa" .
2) Interior faces: "Mesa wave" .
C. Panel faces shall be tested with a .2 mil epoxy
based primer, followed by a nominal .8 mil finish
coat of siliconized polyester resin paint, factory
applied. Custom color shall be selected by the
Architect.
3 . Panel thickness shall be as called for on the draw-
ings.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-6
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
1 .09 GUARANTEE
A. Submit manufacturer's written two (2) year limited
warranty providing panels to be free from defects in
materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of
shipment of panels.
B. The subcontractor shall issue a separate one year guaran-
tee against defects in installed materials and workmanship
and that all work of this section is in compliance with
plans and specifications.
1.10 PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Tests: The design load/deflection criteria
shall be verified from tests per ASTM E-72 "Chamber Meth-
od" using a 20 psf simulated wind load. A deflection
limit of L/180 shall apply to walls and L/240 shall apply
to roofs .
B. Air Infiltration: Air infiltration shall not exceed .06
cfm per square foot of wall area when tested per ASTM E-
283 at a static pressure of 6.24 psf.
C. Static Water Penetration: There shall be no uncontrolled
water penetration through the panel joints at a static
pressure of 6 .24 psf when tested per ASTM E-331 .
D. Dynamic Water Penetration: There shall be no uncontrolled
water penetration through the panel joints when subjected
to a 95 mph slipstream air flow and application of water
for a 15 minute period in accordance with AAMA 501.1 .
E. Thermal Properties: When tested in accordance with ASTM C-
236, the panel shall provide an R-value of 6 .25 per inch
of thickness.
F. Condensation: The minimum condensation resistance factor
of the panel shall be 92 when tested in accordance with
AAMA 1503 .1.
G. UBC 17-5 "Room Fire Test Standard for Interior of Foam
Plastic Systems" ; Panel test specimen shall meet the
standards established by UBC 17-5, when tested by an inde-
pendent laboratory.
H. Fatigue Test: The panel shall withstand deflection cycling
at L/180 to two (2) million alternate cycles with no
evidence of delamination, core cracking or permanent
bowing.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-5
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
2 . Installer: Contractor with a minimum of five (5)
years experience with this type of construction, li-
censed or qualified by manufacturer to install
manufacturer's insulated panels and with documentation
indicating successful completion of contracts for
projects of similar size, scope and materials.
C. Testing:
1 . The Architect reserves the right to have a thermal
scan done of the entire facility by an independent
testing laboratory to assure that an efficient thermal
envelope was installed and all joints and junctures
are correctly sealed.
2 . If the thermal scan reveals any deficiencies, the
subcontractor shall :
a. Remedy all deficiencies to the satisfaction of the
Architect at the subcontractor's expense.
b. Bear the cost of the thermal scan.
C. Bear the cost of any re-testing to assure all
deficiencies have been corrected.
3 . If the thermal scan reveals no deficiencies, the sub-
contractor shall not bear the cost of the thermal
scan.
1 .07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle and store insulated metal panel, roof insulation,
underslab perimeter insulation, doors and related acces-
sories in accordance with printed instructions of manufac-
turer.
1 .08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate requirements of this section with work de-
scribed under flashing and sheet metal section.
B. Make available for purchase flat stock matching insulated
metal panel siding stock in material, finish, and gauges
required for shop fabricated flashings, closures and
accessories .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-4
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
8. Door numbers coinciding with architectural drawings .
D. Samples: One 210" long by full width sample of insulated
panel, complete with factory applied finish. Three (3)
complete sets of manufacturer' s standard colors on 6 11x 6"
metal sheets for selection by architect and to show range
of color/texture to expected.
E. Samples: 6" by 6" door sample indicating full range of
color to be expected in finished work.
F. Quality Controls Submittals:
1 . Design Data: Design calculations, bearing seal and
signature of a registered engineer licensed to prac-
tice in the State of Massachusetts . Include the
following as a minimum:
a. Anticipated panel movement through thermal range.
b. Wind load data.
C. Air infiltration data.
d. Water infiltration data.
2 . Certificates:
a. Manufactured insulated panel, manufacturer' s cer-
tification that installer has qualifications spec-
ified.
b. Manufacturer' s certification that materials sup-
plied by him comply with specifications and draw-
ings; include test results and other substantiat-
ing data.
G. Sample of final guarantees as listed below.
1 .06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Wind resistance of manufactured
siding assembly for positive and negative pressures; in
accordance with requirements of local code.
B. Qualifications:
1 . Manufacturer: Minimum of ten (10) years experience in
production of factory foamed-in-place insulated com-
posite panels.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-3
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
4 . National Association of Architectural Metal Manufac-
turers (NAAMM) .
1 .03 DEFINITIONS
A. Terms:
1 . DFT: Dry Film Thickness.
1 .04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements: Design manufactured insulated metal
panels, doors, roofing insulation, supports, connection,
and associated items.
1 .05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Submit manufacturer' s technical literature
for all materials specified.
B. Panel Shop Drawings: Indicate the following:
1 . Layout and elevation of all panels, including thick-
nesses and profiles.
2 . Layout of sub-girt system.
3 . All fabrication and installation details; including,
but not limited to; material type, jointing, anchor-
ing, trim, flashing, accessories, weatherproofing,
terminations, and metal work penetrations.
C. Door shop drawings; indicate the following:
1 . Locations and elevations of doors.
2 . Guide details and method of anchorage to openings.
3 . Construction details.
4 . Configurations, locations and installation of hard-
ware.
5 . Size, shape and thicknesses of materials.
6 . Details of tracks, rollers, fittings, and other at-
tachments including installation of counter balance
and operators to adjacent surfaces.
7 . Manufacturer's installation and operation instruc-
tions .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-2
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
SECTION 07470
COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1 . Insulated wall panels.
2 . Roof insulation.
3 . Floor insulation.
4 . Cold storage doors.
5 . Prefinished trim.
6 . Foamed-in-place insulation.
B. Related sections:
. 1 . Section 03100 : Concrete Formwork
2 . Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete
3 . Section 05120 : Structural Steel
4 . Section 05310 : Metal Roof Decking
5 . Section 06100 : Rough Carpentry
6 . Section 07532 : Loose Laid Single Ply Membrane
7 . Section 07600 : Flashing and Sheet Metal
8 . Section 07920 : Sealants and Caulking
1 .02 REFERENCES
A. Standard of the following, as referenced:
1 . Aluminum Association (AA) .
2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
3 . Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec. ) .
Aoft-
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 07470-1
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COLD STORAGE INSULATION SYSTEMS
D. Bolts:
1 . Provide standard cut washers for bolt heads and nuts
bearing on wood.
2 . Provide bolt holes 1/32" to 1/16" larger than nominal
bolt diameter.
3 . Provide 7 bolt diameter clearance from the end and 4
bolt diameter clearance from the edge of wood members.
3 .03 APPLICATION
A. Tolerances, unless indicated otherwise:
1 . Variation from plumb: 3/8" in 10 ' -0" height, noncumu-
lative.
2 . Variation in horizontal squaring diagonals: 1/211 .
3 . Variation in room horizontal squaring diagonals :
1/4" .
4 . Variation in walls from tangent line (straightness) :
1/4" in 10 ' -0" non-cumulative.
5 . Variation in location of walls from dimension: +1/4" .
6. Location of dimensioned openings : +3/811 .
7 . Variation in rough opening size: +1/4" , -1/811 .
+ + END OF SECTION 06100 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
3 . Install all wood framing, necessary blocking, rough
bucks, and furring, required by drawings and necessary
for proper installation of millwork and other finish
carpentry.
B. Brush apply preservative treatment to cut ends of treated
lumber; use same type material used for original treat-
ment.
C. Temporary supports:
1 . Make wood centering or other necessary supports for
openings in masonry walls accurate and strong. Prop-
erly brace and secure in position until masonry has
thoroughly set.
2 . Provide blocking :indicated on drawings and as re-
quired. Secure blocking firmly with anchors at not
more than 2 ' -0" O.C.
3 .02 INSTALLATION
A. Blocking:
1 . Install in continuous horizontal row at mid-height of
partitions, if required by code or indicated.
2 . Wedge, align, and anchor blocking with nails.
3 . Coordinate blocking with locations of finishing mate-
rials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
B. Sheet material installation:
1 . Plywood deck: deck, wall sheathing, and subfloor:
a. Provide with face grain perpendicular to supports;
terminate panels over supports; stagger end joints
of adjacent panels.
b. Allow 1/16"between end joints and 1/8" between
edge joints for expansion and contraction.
C. Attach plywood with 6d cement coated nails; space
at 6" O.C. along each support; 12" O.C. intermedi-
ate.
C. As a minimum, nail size and quantity shall meet the
requirements of UBC Table 25-Q.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
2 .02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection:
1. Grade marks:
a. General : Identify all lumber and plywood by offi-
cial grade mark of agency approved by ALSC Board
of Review.
b. Lumber grading:
1) Grade stamp to contain symbol of grading agen-
cy, mill number or name, grade of lumber,
species or species grouping, or combination
designation, rules under which graded, where
applicable, and condition of seasoning at time
of manufacture.
2) Conform to PS 20 with amendments, for grading
of species used. Current edition of
applicable association grading rules govern.
All lumber 2" or less in thickness shall bear
grade mark of an ALSC Board of Review approved
agency.
C. Softwood plywood; appropriate grade trademark of
APA, indicate:
1) Type, grade, class, and identification index.
2) Inspection and testing agency mark.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 ERECTION
A. Accurately lay out Work to provide correct openings to
receive other trades.
1 . Lay out Work in accord with allowable tolerances indi-
cated in Article 3 .03 below.
2 . Cut wood framing and carpentry Work square on bear-
ings, closely fitted, accurately set to required lines
and levels, and rigidly secured in place.
..
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
4) Silver Metal Products, Inc.
5) Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
b. Provide other code approved miscellaneous column
caps and bases, connectors, ties, framing anchors,
hangers, and other fabri-cated items required for
framing not specifically described but required to
complete the work.
F. Hardware:
1 . General :
a. Provide nails, bolts, nuts, washers, screws, ex-
pansion bolts, clips, powder actuated fasteners,
and similar hardware necessary for complete in-
stallation of indicated materials.
b. Provide hardware to adequately resist design loads
and meet codes.
C. Provide hardware of proper type to secure materi-
als to substrates encountered.
2 . Provide anchors and fasteners for securing wood items,
unless indicated otherwise as follows:
a. Bolts, nuts, studs, and lag screws: Conform to
ANSI B18 .2 .1 and B18.5 .
b. Wood screws: Conform to ANSI 818 .6 .1 and Fed.
Spec. FF-S-111; style and material best suited for
use.
C. Nails, brads, staples, and spikes: Conform to
Fed. Spec. FF-N-105B; type and size best suited
for use. use common wire nails for structural
members.
d. Nails, spike;, bolts, studs, and lag screws for
exterior exposed-to-view and other exterior fram-
ing: Hot dip galvanize in accord with ASTM A153,
Class D.
e. Drilled concrete and masonry anchors: Conform to
Fed. Spec. FF-S-325 .
f. Powder activated fasteners: Conform to Fed. Spec.
FF-P-395 .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
a. Roof sheathing: 19/32" APA rated sheathing,
structural I, Exposure I, 5-ply. Nailing as
indicated.
b. Decking: Decking, subflooring, and wall sheat-
hing: APA RATED SHEATHING, 32/16, EXTERIOR,
Exposure 1, thickness indicated.
C. Interior wall surfaces: APA A-D, INT, Group I,
thickness indicated.
d. HDO, A-A, G-1, EXT-APA; High Density Overlay both
sides.
D. Treated materials:
1 . Preservative treated materials:
a. Lumber: Meeting AWPA C-2 and AWPB LP2, 0 .25
retention, for above grade use; LP22, 0 .40 reten-
tion, for at or below grade use.
b. Plywood: Meeting AWPA C-9 and AWPB LP2, 0.25
retention, for above grade use; LP22, 0 .40 reten-
tion, for at or below grade use.
C. Moisture content after treatment and final drying:
1) Lumber: 19%, maximum.
2) Plywood: 15%, maximum.
2 . Locations : All stills, plates and nailers resting on
or attached to concrete or masonry which is in contact
with earth or foundations and as indicated or required
by Code.
E. Miscellaneous specialties:
1 . Metal items: Including but not limited to framing
anchors, post caps, bases, straps and holdowns.
a. Acceptable manufacturers :
1) Cleveland Steel Specialty Company.
2) Harlen Metal Products, Inc.
3) Kant Sag Div. of United Steel Products Compa-
ny.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
B. Lumber:
1 . Framing lumber graded under ALSC rules and SPIB or
WWPA.
2 . Non-Structural light framing, 2" to 4" thickness, 2"
to 6" wide:
a. General framing: STANDARD Grade.
b. Plates, blocking, bracing, and nailers: STANDARD
Grade.
C. General utility purposes: STANDARD Grade.
d. Lumber in contact with concrete, concrete slabs,
exterior masonry walls: No. 2 Southern Pine or
No. 2 Douglas Fir, minimum, preservative treat in
accord with specified standards below.
3 . Structural joists and planks, 2" to 4" thickness, 5"
and wider, floor joists, ceiling joists, and rafters:
Conform to spans set forth in "Span Tables for Joists
and Rafters" , current edition, published by National
Forest Products Association; sizes indicated on draw-
ings; Southern Pine No. 2 Grade minimum.
4 . Beams, 5" x 5" and larger: Southern Pine No. 1 Dense
SR Grade.
5 . Posts, 5" x 5" and larger: Southern Pine No. 2 Dense
SR Grade.
6 . Studs; load bearing and non-load bearing:
a. 2 x 4 to 14 ft. long: Douglas Fir, Nem Fir or
Southern Pine Construction Grade.
b. 2 x 6, 2 x 8, 2 x 10: Douglas Fir, Nem Fir or
Southern Pine! No 2 . Grade.
7 . Specific uses/grades not included above: Follow rec-.
ommended grades for use intended defined in SFPA,
Southern Pine Use Guide, Table 3 and Western Woods Use
Book, WWPA Grading Rules.
C. Sheet materials:
1 . Plywood: APA rated sheathing meeting the requirements
Of PS 1 .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
a. Preservative treated wood: Submit certification
by treating plant stating chemicals and process
used, net amount of salts retained, and conform-
ance with applicable standards.
1 .04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and protection.:
1 . Place materials in areas protected from weather imme-
diately upon delivery to Project site.
2 . Store materials minimum 6" above ground on blocking;
cover with protective waterproof covering; provide for
adequate air circulation and ventilation. Storage of
materials over two days requires ground cover under
materials.
3 . Storing seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of
building is prohibited.
4 . Protect sheet materials from broken corners and dam-
aged surfaces .
5 . Stack framing lumber to ensure proper ventilation and
drainage. Protect lumber from elements. Store
against cover in well ventilated building where not
exposed to extreme changes of temperature or humidity.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. General :
1 . Dimensions: Indicated lumber dimensions are nominal .
Actual dimensions conform to industry standards estab-
lished by ALSC and the Rules Writing Agencies.
2 . Provide materials required for Work under this section
suitable for intent and purpose specified. Any spe-
cies meeting code requirements acceptable unless oth-
erwise specified. Sizes indicated are nominal. Con-
form to PS-20 for actual sizes. Provide S4S lumber,
surfaced four sides, unless indicated otherwise.
3 . Moisture content: 19% maximum at time of placement,
unless indicated otherwise.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
5 . Gypsum Association (GA) .
6 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .
C. Industry standards:
1 . Grading rules and standards:
a. American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC) .
b. American Plywood Association (APA) : APA Design-
Construction Guide, January 1988 edition.
C. National Forest Products Association (NFPA) .
d. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) :
1) PS-1-83; Construction and Industrial Plywood.
2) PS-20-70 (Reaffirmed 1981) ; American Softwood
Lumber Standard.
e. National Particleboard Association (NPA) .
f. Southern Forest Products Association (SFPA) : 1977
Grading Rules (and Supplements) .
g. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) .
h. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB) .
i . Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) : Wood
Frame Design for Commercial/Multifamily Construc-
tion, Revised. 4-87 .
2 . Preservative treated materials:
a. American Wood-Preservers ' Association (AWPA) :
Book of Standards.
b. American Wood Preservers Bureau (AWPB) : Standards
of the American Wood Preservers Bureau.
C. American Wood Preservers Institute (AWPI) .
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Division 1, General Requirements, are hereby made a part of this
section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 .00 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protec-
tion from damage of all materials.
B. Layout and coordination of work with other trades.
C. Work Included: Perform all work necessary and required to
complete the work of this section as indicated.
D. Related Work in Other Sections : The following items of
associated work are included in other sections of these
specifications:
1 . Section 03100 : Concrete Formwork.
2 . Section 03300 : Cast-in-Place Concrete.
3 . Section 04220 : Concrete Unit Masonry.
4 . Section 07920 : Sealants and Caulking.
5 . Section 09900 : Painting.
1 .02 CODES AND STANDARDS. Except as modified by the requirements
specified herein and/or the details on the drawings, all work
included in this section shall conform to the applicable pro-
visions of the following codes and standards with their latest
revisions unless indicated otherwise.
A. Governing Local or State Building Code.
B. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .
2 . American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC) .
3 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
4 . Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec. ) .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 06100-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94166 ROUGH CARPENTRY
3 . Galvanizing: All items that are specified and/or
noted as galvanized must be hot dip galvanized after
fabrication. Only where size of assembly is too large
may items be galvanized prior to fabrication and only
with permission of Architect.
4 . All precautions during fabrication and galvanizing
spelled out in A.S.T.M. All galvanizing must be per-
formed in compliance with A.S.T.M. A-153 .
5 . Galvanized materials must be inspected for compliance
with these specifications and marked with a stamp
indicating the A.S.T.M. number and the weight of the
zinc coating in ounces per square foot. Galvanizer
must furnish a notarized statement of compliance with
all standards and specifications.
6 . Field Touch-up of galvanized coating that has been
damaged shall be by cold galvanizing compound by Z.R-
.C. or equal as approved by the Engineer.
3 .03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Remove all soil and foreign matter from finished surfaces
and apply such protective measures as may be required to
prevent damage or discoloration of any kind until accept-
,, ance of project.
B. Protection shall be provided by strippable coating, pro-
tective sleeves, polyethylene sheets, boarding, or any
other suitable means during fabrication, shipment, site
storage, and erection to prevent damage to the finished
work due to stains, d:iscolorations, scratches, or any
other cause. Damaged elements shall be replaced as damages
occur. Provide protection for walking surfaces during
construction.
C. After installation, and after danger of subsequent damage
has passed, remove all protective coverings from all
exposed surfaces, and clean those surfaces of all soil and
discoloration, ready for acceptance.
+ + END OF SECTION 05500 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 05500-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
10 . Protect all disimilar metals from galvanic corrosion
by pressure tapes,, coatings or isolators as approved.
B. Welding:
1 . Perform all welding in accordance with AWS Code latest
edition.
2 . Weld shall be made only by operators experienced in
performing the type of work indicated.
3 . Welds normally exposed to view in the finished work
shall be uniformly made and shall be ground smooth.
4 . Where welding is done in proximity to glass or protec-
ted from damage due to weld sparks, spatter, or tramp
metal .
C. Bolted, Screwed, and Riveted Connections:
1 . In general, use bolts for field connections only and
then only as detailed. Provide washers under all heads
and nuts bearing on wood. Draw all nuts tight and nick
threads of permanent connections to prevent loosening.
Use beveled washers where bearing is on sloped sur-
faces .
2 . Where screws must be used for permanent connections in
ferrous metal, use flat head type, countersunk, with
screw slots filled and finished smooth and flush.
D. Surface Treatment and protective Coatings:
1 . Cleaning. Thoroughly clean all mill scale, rust,
dirt, grease and other foreign matter from ferrous
metal prior to any galvanizing or painting.
2 . Painting. After :material has been properly cleaned
and treated, apply shop prime coat of paint to all
surfaces except those encased in concrete or masonry.
Apply all paint as per manufacturer's directions. Spot
paint all abrasions and field connections after assem-
bly. Shop coat shall be dry prior to shipment to job
site. Unless otherwise specified or directed, do not
apply shop prime coats or any stenciled or painted
identification markings to any galvanized surfaces.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 05500-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 CONDITION OF SURFACES. Inspect all surfaces to receive mis-
cellaneous metal work and report all defects which would
interfere with this installation. Starting work implies accep-
tance of surfaces as satisfactory.
3 .02 WORKMANSHIP
A. General Requirements:
1 . Verify all measurements at job.
2 . Coordinate all metal work with adjoining work for
details of attachment, fittings, etc. Do all cutting,
shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping,
etc. , required for miscellaneous metal or for attach-
ment of adjacent work. Drill or punch holes; do not
use cutting torch„ Shearing and punching shall leave
true lines and surfaces.
3 . Conceal all fastenings where practicable. Thickness of
metal and details of assembly and supports shall give
ample strength and stiffness. Form joints exposed to
weather to exclude water.
4 . Make all permanent connections in ferrous metal sur-
faces using welds where at all possible; do not use
bolts or screws where they can be avoided.
5 . Provide all lugs, clips, anchors, and miscellaneous
fastenings necessary for the complete assembly and
installation.
6 . Set all work plumb, true, rigid, and neatly trimmed
out. Miter corners and angles of exposed moldings and
frames unless otherwise noted.
7 . Do all grouting of frames, plates, sills, bolts, and
similar items with non-shrink grout.
8 . Set all railings and similar items shown or required
to be set in sleeves or cans with molten lead or quick
setting anchor cement. Unless otherwise noted, size
sleeves for approximately 1/4 inch clearance all
around.
9 . Where items must be incorporated or built into adja-
cent work, deliver to trade responsible for such work
in sufficient time that progress of work is not de-
layed. Be responsible for proper location of such items.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 05500-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
2 .02 STANDARD CATALOG PRODUCTS
A. Ferrous Metal Railings: Steel . Provide all terminals and
fittings as indicated on the Drawings for required for the
complete installation.
2 .03 SPECIALLY FABRICATED PRODUCTS
A. Ferrous Railings:
1 . Pipe railings are 1-1/4 inches I.P.S. unless noted
otherwise. Fabricate in largest sections practicable,
all shop joints welded, all field joints with conc-
ealed sleeves and pins. Return all rails to wall where
possible. Where railing ends cannot return, close ends
with welded cap and ease edges.
2 .04 FINISHES. (Except as otherwise noted on the drawings or
specified) :
A. All ferrous metal items that will be exposed to the weath-
er, exposed to moisture or to corrosive conditions, or
embedded in exterior masonry or concrete (angles, clips,
anchors, sleeves, etc. ) must be hot dip galvanized after
fabrication, as well as any other items so specified or
noted.
1 . Castings. Castngs shall be galvanized under ASTM A-120
assembled steel products.
2 . Metal railings shall be finished as specified for
interior ferrous metal except give two shop prime
coats, each a different color.
B. Interior Ferrous Metal: Welds, burrs, and rough surfaces
ground smooth and completed assembly cleaned, hot phos-
phate treated, and given one shop prime coat of paint. Hot
phosphate treatment not required on items which are not
exposed in the finish work or on those items where size
prohibits such treatment. Indicate on shop drawings where
treatment is proposed to be omitted.
C. All Exposed Fastenings: To match color and finish of
adjacent material .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 05500-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
ems• C. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Surface Prepara-
tion Specification (Vol 2) .
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall show dimensions,
sizes, thicknesses, gauges, finishes, joining, attach-
ments, and relationship of work to adjoining construction.
Where items must fit and coordinate with finished surfaces
and/or constructed spaces, take measurements at site and
not from Drawings.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 BASIC MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Standard Structural Steel Shapes and Plates : ASTM A36 .
B. Architectural and Miscellaneous Steel Items: ASTM A283,
grade optional .
C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 (cold-formed) Grade A or B A-501
(hot-formed) , welded or seamless .
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade A or B ASTM
'* A120, Standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise
noted.
E. Cast Iron: ASTM AA48, Class 30 unless otherwise indica-
ted.
F. Fastenings (General) : Furnish all bolts, nuts, screws,
clips, washers, and any other fastenings necessary for
proper erection of items specified herein.
1 . For ferrous metal . Use stainless steel or galvanized
on exterior. On interior, match adjacent material .
G. Welding Electrodes: As permitted by AWS Code latest
edition.
H. Paint (Primer) : zinc chromate type.
I . Galvanizing: ASTM A-153, hot-dipped galvanizing after
fabrication.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 05500-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METAL
Division 1, General Requirements, are hereby made a part of this
section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: Perform all work necessary and required to
complete the work of this section as indicated. Such work
includes but is not limited to the following:
1 . Metal items requiring special fabrication.
2 . Metal handrails and guard rails.
3 . Metal ladders .
4 . Cleanout doors .
5 . Wheel guards .
OOW 6 . Miscellaneous angle and channel supports, flat bars
and fastenings, all as shown on the Drawings and not
provided as part of structural steel frame.
7 . Metal lintels and angles when furnished "loose" .
8 . Brackets and supports for millwork and counters .
9 . Grouting required for setting all miscellaneous metal
items .
1 .02 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS. The following references and stan-
dards are hereby made a part of this Section and requirements
therein except as otherwise specified herein or shown on the
Drawings. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
permitting work that is contrary to code requirements or
governing rules and regulations.
A. "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction" of
American Welding Society, AWS latest edition with current
supplements and addenda.
B. "Metal Finishes Manual" , published by National Assn. of
Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 05500-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
B. Point mortar joints. :Remove and replace units with exces-
sive spalls or chips.
+ + END OF SECTION 04220 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-10
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
3 . Stop horizontal joint reinforcement 1" from control
joint.
4 . Provide joints as follows, unless otherwise indicated
on drawings, at:
a. Running walls, expressed as ratio of panel length
to height:
1) No reinforcing: 1 .25 to 1; 24 -8" maximum
between joints.
2) Reinforcing spaced 16" O.C. vertically: 1 .87
to 1; 37 '-4" maximum between joints.
3) Reinforcing spaced 8" O.C. vertically: 2 .5 to
1; 44 ' -8" maximum between joints .
b. Intersecting walls, either one more than 10 ' -0"
long.
C. Structural columns.
d. Intersections with concrete walls.
e. Joint between masonry and structural slabs, beams,
or decks.
f. All changes in wall thickness.
g. All abrupt changes in wall height.
5 . Leave joint open and clean for caulking in accord with
Sealants and Caulking section.
H. Acceptable tolerances :
1 . Maximum variation from plumb: 1/4" in 10 ' -011 ; not
exceeding 3/8" in 20 ' -011 .
2 . Maximum variation from level: 1/4" in 20 ' -0" ; not
exceeding 1/2" in 40 ' -0" or more.
3 . Maximum variation. in linear building line from loca-
tion indicated: 1/4" in 20 ' -011 .
3 .03 CLEANING AND POINTING
A. Keep masonry Work free of mortar droppings as Work pro-
gresses and, at completion of Work, rub masonry to remove
excess mortar.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
a. Provide weep holes in exterior wythe of masonry at
2 ' -8" O.C. horizontally at heads and sills of
openings, in exterior walls at grade, and in other
locations where flashing is indicated or speci-
fied.
b. Form weeps by placing 12" long pieces of rope wick
in mortar joints, extending into cavity. Leave
wicks in place and cut off flush with face of
wall .
C. Keep weep holes and area above flashing free of
mortar droppings.
E. Joint treatment:
1 . Tool all CMU mortar joints in some manner. Do not cut
or strike mortar joints on exposed faces until "thumb
print" hard.
2 . Tooled joints: Strike exposed joints in standard CMus
flush and, when partially set, tool using "V" shaped
or concave tool; strike interior joints of CMU with
concave tool .
F. Expansion joints :
1 . Make joints 1" wide, unless indicated otherwise.
2 . Keep joint clear of mortar by temporarily filling with
fiberboard as wall is laid.
3 . Stop horizontal joint reinforcement 1" from expansion
joint.
4 . Build in expansion flashing as work progresses.
5 . Leave joint open and clean for caulking in accord with
Sealants and Caulking section.
G. Control joints:
1 . Build in control joints, Michigan style, with 15 lb.
asphalt felt curled in end core covering end of block
on one side; core on other side filled with mortar as
unit is laid.
2 . Make joint 3/8" wide, unless indicated otherwise, rake
out control joints to depth of 3/4" while mortar is
still plastic.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
4 . Place reinforcement in accord with drawings, lap as
indicated. Secure at bottom and top and at intervals
not exceeding 192 bar diameters .
5 . Provide at least 8" of solid end bearing full height
of wall for lintels, beams, and other load supporting
members, except as otherwise indicated.
6 . Fill reinforced cells with coarse grout in maximum of
five foot lifts; consolidate by vibrating and rodding.
7 . Form horizontal construction joints in grout lifts by
stopping grout pour 1-1/2" below top of uppermost
course in pour.
D. Mortar joints:
1 . Bed joints for unreinforced partitions:
a. Lay first course in full bed of mortar.
b. Apply mortar on face shell only of CMU already
laid on all other bed joints.
C. Apply beveled buttering to face shell to insure
full bed joints on masonry unit to be laid.
2 . Make adjustment while mortar is still soft and plastic
by tapping to plumb and bringing to alignment.
3 . Check each CMU as laid with mason' s level for level
and plumb with wall below.
4 . Remove and replace mortar with fresh mortar, where
adjustment must be made after mortar has started to
set.
5 . Keep bed and head joints uniform in width, except for
minor variations required to maintain bond and locate
returns.
6 . Standard thickness for both horizontal and vertical
mortar joints: 3/8" .
7 . Take particular care to avoid spreading mortar on
exposed face of CMU. Only normal mortar droppings
will be accepted on face of CMU; remove only after
mortar has dried enough not to smear.
8 . Weep holes:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
4. Cut CMUs with abrasive power saw or wet cut with power
saw with clean water only. Use of recirculated water
is prohibited. Lay out units to minimize cutting.
Refrain from use of units less than 1/3 original
length.
B. Building in other Work:
1. Build in Work of other trades indicated to be built-in
with CMUs as Work progresses; include anchors, wall
plugs, expansion joints, and accessories. Space and
align built-in parts; exercise care not to disturb
other materials from position. Fill in spaces around
built-in items with coarse grout.
2 . Fill hollow metal frames in masonry walls with fine
grout as wall is laid. Rake back 1/2" joint between
hollow metal frame and adjacent masonry to receive
sealant.
3 . Provide minimum 8" solid end bearing full height of
wall from floor to bearing points for lintels, beams,
and other load supporting members by either use of
solid block or filling cores with cement grout unless
otherwise indicated.
fir•.. 4 . Provide lintels and bond beams where indicated using
lintel blocks laid with joints matching adjacent Work;
reinforce as indicated; fill block with concrete.
5 . Reinforcing installation: Specified in Masonry Acces-
sories section.
6 . No lintels are required at masonry openings of 3 ' -4"
or less where support is provided by metal door frames
and grouted with mortar or concrete.
C. Reinforced unit masonry:
1 . Construct reinforced CMU walls using Type "S" mortar.
2 . Align vertical CMU cells to be filled to maintain
clear, unobstructed vertical cell, continuous to foun-
dation, equal to cell void of an individual CMU.
Remove mortar droppings and debris from cells to be
grouted.
3 . Provide cleanouts at bottom of each vertically re-
inforced cell, at each pour of grout. Seal cleanouts
after inspection of reinforcement, before grouting
begins with CMU or formwork.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
D. Joint reinforcing: Masonry joint reinforcing specified in
Masonry Accessories section.
E. Vertical expansion joint: Bellows type specified in
Flashing and Sheet Metal section.
F. Control joint material:
1. Extruded control joints specified in Masonry
Accessories section.
G. Backer rods and caulking: Specified in Sealants and
Caulking section.
H. Lintels: Galvanized steel, exterior use; prime painted
steel, interior use; specified in Metal Fabrications
section.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 PREPARATION
A. Protection of Work:
1 . Keep walls dry during erection by covering at end of
each work period with non-staining waterproof membrane
covering. Protect partially completed walls not being
worked on with non-staining waterproof membrane until
Work of other trades completes protection of walls.
Covering shall overhang at least 2 ' -0" on each side of
wall; anchor on each side of wall .
2 . Protect finished exposed Work from stains.
3 . Brace walls during construction to protect from wind
damage.
3 .02 INSTALLATION
A. Workmanship:
1 . Lay only dry masonry units.
2 . Lay masonry plumb, level, and true to line with accu-
rate coursing indicated on drawings.
3 . Lay units in running bond with head joints centered in
alternate courses.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
B. Coordinate installation of masonry anchors with structural
system when masonry is attached.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Concrete unit masonry:
1. Hollow non-load bearing units:
a. Meeting ASTM ('90-85, medium weight, Grade N-I .
b. Nominal face dimensions: 8" by 1 ' -411 .
B. Fire rated units :
1. Manufacture in accord with UL Standard UL-618, Stand-
ard for Concrete Masonry or American Insurance Associ-
ation Standards .
2 . Use manufacturer capable of furnishing specified cer-
tification indicating units are manufactured in accord
with rating requirements indicated.
C. Exposed external corners of interior concrete masonry
units : Bullnose type; provide exposed external corners of
fire rated units with square edges.
D. Compressive strength: 1500 psi, minimum, based on net
area.
2 .02 ACCESSORIES
A. Weep wicks : 1/4" inorganic fiber rope.
B. Masonry cleaning compound:
1 . Acceptable products:
a. L&M Construction Chemicals; Quik Kleen.
b. ProSoCo, Inc. ; Sure Klean 600 Heavy Duty Concrete
Cleaner.
2 . Type: Inorganic acid.
C. Mortar: Type "S" ; specified in Mortar section.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
4. Maintain panel throughout Work as standard of masonry
Work. Do not destroy panel until directed by Facility
Engineers Inc.
1 .06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver CMUs to Project site on pallets. Offload CMUs
with pallets resting on ground. No CMUs are allowed to be
set on ground.
B. Cover CMUs with non-staining waterproof membrane covering.
Keep units dry. Allow air circulation around stacked
units. Installation of wet or stained CMUs is prohibited.
1 .07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental requirements:
1 . Laying masonry when temperature of surrounding air has
dropped below 45 degrees F. , unless temperature is
rising; and at no time when temperature has dropped
below 40 degrees F. is prohibited, except by written
permission from Facility Engineers Inc.
2 . Cold weather precautions:
"* a. Authorized masonry Work during temperatures below
40 degrees F. , but above freezing: Provide and
maintain mortar at temperature between 40 degrees
F. and 120 degrees F. until placed.
b. Maintain air temperature above 40 degrees F. on
both sides of masonry for at least 72 hours after
laying.
C. Use windbreaks to protect masonry construction
from direct exposure to winds in excess of 15 MPH
when constructed in temperatures below 32 degrees
F.
3 . Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to
wind and sun when erected in ambient air temperatures
95 degrees F. and above in the shade with relative
humidity less than 50%.
1 .08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Install and inspect mechanical and electrical work prior
to enclosing or covering with masonry. Cut away web of
masonry unit without disturbing face or bond where runs of
piping or conduit are required.
Awk
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
B. Submit certificates from CMU manufacturer prior to deliv-
ery of CMUs to Project site.
1 . Certify CMU' s for compliance with specification re-
quirements, including compressive strength, moisture
content, and linear drying shrinkage.
2 . Basis of certification: Laboratory tests on like CMUs
tested in past twelve months for linear shrinkage; and
past six months for other requirements. Submit copies
of tests.
3 . Certificates:
a. Submit certificates from masonry manufacturer,
prior to delivery of concrete masonry units to
Project site.
b. Each certificate shall be signed by an authorized
officer of manufacturing company; and contain name
and address of Subcontractor, Project location,
quantities, date or dates of shipment or delivery
to which certificate applies, and time rated fire
resistance where indicated.
1 .05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sample wall panel :
1 . Lay 6 ' -0" long by 4 ' -0" high sample wall panel for
concrete unit masonry. Orient as directed by Facility
Engineers Inc.
2 . Indicate the following:
a. Bonding.
b. Mortar color.
C. Joint tooling.
d. Reinforcement..
e. workmanship.
3 . Prepare panel at least 14 days prior to beginning
masonry work. Should panel be disapproved, prepare
additional panels until approved by Facility Engineers
Inc.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
SECTION 04220
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Products installed but not furnished in this section:
1. Section 04100 : Mortar.
2 . Section 04150 : Masonry Accessories.
3 . Section 08110 : Steel Doors and Frames .
B. Related sections:
1. Section 03300 : Cast-in-Place Concrete.
2 . Section 07920 : Sealants and Caulking.
1 .02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
2 . National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) .
3 . Portland Cement Association (PCA) .
4 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .
1 .03 DEFINITIONS
A. Terms:
1 . CMU: Concrete unit masonry or concrete masonry unit.
2 . Bed joint: Horizontal mortar joint between two CMU' s.
3 . Head joint: Vertical mortar joint between two CMU' s.
1 .04 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Submit three samples for each type concrete
masonry unit, indicating range of texture to be expected
in finished Work, if requested by Facility Engineers Inc.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04220-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
D. Column or beam anchors:
1 . Channel slots and anchors: Fasten to steel column's
or beam's flange at 1 ' -4" O.C. vertically at columns;
horizontally at beams .
2 . Weld-on anchors: Weld to steel column's or beam's
flange at 1 ' -4" O.C. vertically at columns; horizon-
tally at beams. Wire brush clean; paint welded areas
at column or beam and anchor with zinc rich primer.
3 . Install triangular ties at anchors; set in mortar bed.
E. Reinforcement bar positioners:
1. vertical type: Install in accord with ACI Committee
531 Code recommendations .
2. Horizontal type: Install in U-block or lintel block
in accord with code requirements.
F. Rubber control joints: Install in Concrete Unit Masonry
section; locate rubber control joints in unit masonry
construction where indicated.
G. Mesh hardware cloth: Install in bed joints of concrete
unit masonry where indicated to prevent migration of
grout.
+ + END OF SECTION 04150 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04150-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MASONRY ACCESSORIES
2 . Grout: Dur-O-Wal, Inc. ; Dur-O-Stop; monofilament
corrosion resistant screen; width 2" less than wall
width.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. General : Install accessories in accord with manufactur-
er's product data.
B. Masonry joint reinforcement:
1 . Install in single wythe masonry walls at 1 ' -4" O.C.
vertically unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
Lap side rods 6" minimum at splices .
2 . Fully embed longitudinal rods in mortar for entire
length with 5/8" minimum cover on exterior wall side
and 1/2" minimum cover at other locations.
3 . Stop reinforcement 1" back from expansion and control
joints and openings in masonry walls.
4. Masonry openings over 1 ' -0" wide: Install reinforce-
ment in first and second bed joint above and under
openings with non-continuous reinforcement; extend
2 ' -0" beyond jamb, each side; bridge control joints.
5 . Build in prefabricated "L" and "T" sections to provide
continuity at corners and intersections.
6. Cut and bend units as indicated in manufacturer's
installation instructions for continuity at returns,
offsets, pipe enclosures, and special conditions.
C. Adjustable wall ties for masonry:
1 . Install in concrete unit masonry walls to receive
brick facing.
2 . Space ties not exceeding 1 ' -4" O.C. vertically and
2 ' -0" O.C. horizontally with maximum 2 .67 SF wall area
per tie.
3 . Install pintle in each eye section of reinforcing just
prior to installing exterior wythe.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04150-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MASONRY ACCESSORIES
8. Provide Dur-O-Wal, Inc. ; Ins-O-Grip retainers at each
cross wire for drip.
B. Dovetail slots and anchors:
1 . Slots.
a. Type: Dur-O-Wal, Inc. ; D/A 100, filled.
b. Material : 24 gauge steel; galvanize in accord
with ASTM A153-82, Class B-2, minimum.
C. Column anchors:
1 . Type: Strap type.
2 . Material : 16 gauge steel; galvanize in accord with
ASTM A153-82, Class B-3, minimum.
3 . Size and configuration: 2" wide by 71, long with
1-1/21, fold back, notched at one end to receve beam
flange.
D. Beam anchors:
1. Type: Corrugated.
2 . Material : 1/8" by 1-1/4" galvanized steel in accord
with ASTM A153-82, Class B-2 .
3 . Size and configuration: 10" long with flange hook
3/4" by 1-1/4" return.
E. Reinforcement bar positioners:
1 . Horizontal bars: Dur-O-Wal D/A 811; nine gauge basic
brite finish steel wire meeting ASTM A82-85 .
2 . Vertical bars: Dur-O-Wal D/A 810; nine gauge basic
brite finish steel wire meeting ASTM A82-85 .
F. Extruded control joints: Dur-O-Wal D/A 2000 Series;
extruded natural or synthetic rubber, meeting ASTM D2000-
80, Type 2AA-805, 80 durometer hardness.
G. Mesh hardware cloth:
1 . Loose fill insulation: Dur-O-Wal, Inc. ; Fil-Stop; 10
by 10 coated fiberglass mesh meeting ASTM D1668-73,
Type 207; width 2" less than wall width.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04150-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MASONRY ACCESSORIES
1 . Products specified as standard of quality are manufac-
tured by Dur-O-Wal, Inc.
2 . Products of the following manufacturers similar in
type and quality are acceptable, subject to compliance
with specified requirements.
a. AA Wire Products Company.
b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc.
C. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America.
d. National Wire Products Corp.
2 .02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Masonry joint reinforcement:
1 . Fabricate from cold drawn wire meeting ASTM A82-85 .
2 . Galvanize all items as follows, minimum:
a. Exterior walls: In accord with ASTM A153-82,
Class B-2 .
b. Interior walls, both wall surfaces on interior:
In accord with ASTM A641-82, Class 3 .
3 . Longitudinal rods: Nine gauge deformed wires.
4 . Cross wires: Nine gauge wire; butt weld to lon-
gitudinal rods .
5 . Type:
a. Single wythe CMU walls: Dur-O-Wal, Inc. ; Ladur
Type8 or Dur-O-Wal, Inc. ; Truss with two longitu-
dinal rods .
6. Reinforcement width:
a. Single wythe CMU walls: 2" less than total wall
width.
7 . Provide reinforcement in 10 ' -0" lengths with prefabri-
cated "L" and "T" units at intersecting walls of same
design and finish as joint reinforcement.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04150-2 MASONRY ACCESSORIES
PROJECT NO. CC-94186
SECTION 04150
MASONRY ACCESSORIES
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Related sections:
1. Section 03200 : Concrete Reinforcement.
2 . Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete.
3 . Section 04100 : Mortar.
4. Section 04220 : Concrete Unit Masonry.
1 .02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American Concrete Institute (ACI) .
2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
1 .03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data:
1 . Submit complete list of products for use; indicate
compliance with specified requirements.
2 . Indicate manufacturer, product, and correlation to
specified item if from other manufacturer than speci-
fied item.
3 . Intent to use specified products does not relieve
responsibility of submitting product line.
B. Samples: Submit for each specified item, if requested by
Facility Engineers Inc.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04150-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MASONRY ACCESSORIES
3 . Non-shrink grout: Mix prepared product with water
directed by manufacturer 's printed product data to
achieve minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi at 28
days.
C. Mixing:
1. Mix mortar and cement grout in power driven, drum type
mixers. Operate mixer minimum of five minutes after
addition of all materials.
2 . Add water reducing and plasticizing admixture in ac-
cord with admixture manufacturer's product data for
job mixed mortars except when premixed masonry cement
is used.
3 . Addition of other admixtures including anti-freeze
ingredients is prohibited.
4 . Measure materials for job mixed mortars in containers
with known volume; measurement by shovels is prohib-
ited.
D. Masonry/mortar combination:
1 . CMU: Type
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. General :
1 . Place mortar as directed in section.
2 . Use masonry/mortar combination indicated above.
3 . Retemper mortar as necessary to keep plastic.
4 . Use of mortar after setting has begun or after 2-1/2
hours has elapsed since initial mixing is prohibited.
B. Grouts: Place as specified in other sections.
+ + END OF SECTION 04100 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04100-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MORTAR
b. W.R. Meadows Company; 588 .
C. Master Builders; Set Grout.
d. U.S. Grout Corp. ; Five Star Grout.
2 . Meet requirements of C.O.E. Spec. CRD-621-82 for non-
-shrink grout at all flow levels with no bleeding.
F. Water: Clean, potable, free from deleterious amounts of
alkalies, acids, and organic materials.
2 .02 MIXES
1 . Type "S" job mixed or bag mixed mortar:
a. Proportion materials by volume in accord with ASTM
C270-86b OR;
b. One part Portland cement and over 1/4 to 1/2 parts
Type "S" hydrated lime to aggregate proportioned
at not less than 2-1/4 nor more than three times
combined volume of cement and lime used OR;
C. 1/2 part Portland cement to one part Type N mason-
ry cement to aggregate proportioned at not less
than 2-1/4 nor more than three times volumes of
cementitious materials used OR;
d. One part Type S premixed masonry cement to aggre-
gate proportioned at not less than 2-1/4 nor more
than three times volumes of cementitious materials
used.
B. Grout proportions :
1 . Fine grout: Proportion materials by volume in accord
with ASTM C476-83 at one part Portland cement to 0 .0
to 1/10 part hydrated lime to fine aggregate propor-
tioned at not less than 2-1/4 • nor more than three
times sum of volumes of cement and lime used.
2 . Coarse grout: Proportion materials by volume in ac-
cord with ASTM C476-83 at one part Portland cement and
0 .0 to 1/10 part lime to coarse aggregate proportioned
at not less than one nor more than two times sum of
volumes of cement and lime used and slump measured
according to ASTM 0143-78 of 811 .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04100-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MORTAR
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement:
1 . Meeting ASTM C150-86, natural color, domestic manufac-
turer.
2 . Normal weather and conditions: Type I .
3 . Cold weather: Type III or Type IIIA.
B. Hydrated lime: Meeting ASTM C207-79 (1984) , Type S.
C. Masonry cement:
1 . Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Blue Circle, Inc.
b. Giant Cement Company.
C. U.S. Cement Company.
2 . Characteristics:
a. Meeting ASTM C91-87a, non-staining, 22% maximum
air content by volume.
b. Color:
1) Normal CMU or where color is not important:
Natural, similar to Giant Cement Company;
Giant Dark Gray.
D. Aggregate:
1 . Mortar: Clean, hard, natural, washed sand meeting
ASTM C144-84 and ASTM C404-85, Size No. 2, Natural .
2 . Cement grout: Meeting ASTM C404-85, fine aggregate,
Size No. 1.
E. Non-shrink grout:
1. Acceptable products:
a. Gifford-Hill and Company; Supreme Grout.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04100-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MORTAR
SECTION 04100
MORTAR
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SUMMARY
A. Related sections:
1 . Section 04220 : Concrete Unit Masonry.
2 . Section 05120 : Structural Steel .
3 . Section 08110 : Steel Doors and Frames.
1 .02 REFERENCES
A. Standards of the following as referenced:
1 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
2 . Portland Cement Association (PCA) .
1 .03 DEFINITIONS
A. Terms:
1 . CMU: Concrete unit masonry or concrete masonry unit.
1 .04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Submit manufacturer' s product specifica-
tions and mixing and installation instructions for each
manufactured product.
1 .05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials, except aggregate, in original unopened
containers displaying product name, type, grade, and
mixing instructions.
1 .06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use only one brand of cement for each type specified
throughout Project.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 04100-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 MORTAR
3 .09 DEFECTIVE WORK: The following concrete work will be consid-
ered defective and may be ordered by the Engineer to be re-
moved and replaced at Subcontractor's expense:
A. Concrete Slabs on Grade:
1 . Not specified strength.
2 . Not specified flatness and levelness .
3 . Containing rock pockets, voids, or cold joints.
4 . Containing wood or foreign matter.
5. Otherwise not in accordance with the intent of the
drawings and specifications.
B. Joints and Joint Filler:
1 . Excessive joint width, greater than 1/411 .
2 . Non-squared joint edges.
3 . Joint and joint filler separation greater than
1/32" at facility substantial completion.
AMW 4 . Loose, depressed or low joint filler.
+ + END OF SECTION 03310 + +
Aoffik
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-18
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
G. Timeliness of Floor Profile Tests and Reports: All floor
tolerance measurements shall be made by the testing
laboratory within 48 hours after slab installation. In
all cases, tolerance measurements shall precede the
removal of shores and forms. Results of all floor
profile tests - including a running tabulation of the
overall FF and overall FL values for all of the slabs
installed to date - shall be provided to the Builder
within 72 hours after each slab installation.
H. Remedial Work: If, after completion, the entire floor
installation measures less than either of the specified
overall F-numbers or if any individual floor section
measures less than either of the specified minimum local
F- numbers, then the sub-contractor shall undertake the
remedial measures set forth in section 3 .07K. For the
purposes of flatness and levelness control, minimum floor
section boundaries shall coincide with the construction
and control joints and "entire" floor boundaries shall
coincide with major room limits.
I . Correction of Flatness/Levelness Defects :
Flatness/levelness defects in the floor shall be
corrected only by grinding or by removal and replacement
of the defective slabs. Under no circumstances will
filling of low spots be permitted. All areas requiring
corrective work will be identified by the testing
laboratory, and all corrected areas must be re-measured
by profileograph for final approval . All costs for
corrective work will be borne exclusively by the
Subcontractor.
J. Certification of Tolerance Compliance: Within two (2)
weeks after completion of all corrective work, the
testing laboratory shall issue a final report certifying
compliance of the defined-traffic floor with the
specified F min tolerance.
3 .08 INTERIOR JOINTS OF SLAB ON GRADE: All interior construction
and control joints, shall be filled with the specified epoxy
joint filler. This compound shall be mixed and installed in
strict accordance with the manufacturer' s specifications and
installation instructions.
The epoxy joint filler shall = be installed until at least
90 days after slab placement.
Six months after facility occupancy, all loose, depressed or
low joint filler and joint separations greater than 1/32"
shall be refilled or replaced in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations .
look
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-17
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
3 .07 SLAB LEVELS AND FINISHES
A. Steel Trowel Finish: All slabs shall receive a
monolithic steel trowel finish. Surfaces shall be
screeded, leveled, floated and steel troweled. Trowel
shall be vigorously used at an angle under pressure by
the finisher until troweling gives evidence of shine or
gloss as required to make a smooth, hard, dense,
impervious surface, free of defects. Mechanical
troweling machines may be used if the desired finish and
level tolerance can be obtained by their use, but
finishing shall be by hand troweling at edges and areas
inaccessible to machine trowels. Surface tolerance shall
be as described in Section 3 .07.G. The slab tolerance
shall be measured in accordance with AC1117R unless
indicated otherwise. Thickness tolerance for all slabs
shall be +1/211 ; -0 .
B. All concrete curbs shall receive a smooth steel trowel
finish unless indicated otherwise.
C. Addition of Materials: The addition of cement, sand,
water, or mortar to slab surfaces while . finishing
concrete is strictly prohibited.
D. Slabs shall be laid to temporary screeds set level at the
proper elevations. Screeds to be pipe or metal . Wet
screeds will not be allowed. Screeds shall be set no
further apart than 12 feet C to C.
E. Flatness and Levelness Tolerances:
Floors shall conform to the following surface profile
tolerances:
Face Floor Flatness Number:
Specified Overall Value = FF (SOV) 35
Minimum Local Value = FF (MLV) 19
Face Floor Levelness Number:
Specified Overall Value = FL (SOV) 25
Minimum Local Value = FL (MLV) 13
F. Floor Tolerance Measurements: FF and FL tolerances shall
be tested in accordance with ASTM E-1155. Actual overall
F-numbers shall be calculated using the inferior/superior
area method.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-16
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
3 .04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. Construction joints shall be made and
located as required or as indicated and detailed on the
Drawings. If for any reason, the Subcontractor feels a change
is necessary, he shall devise a plan and submit it to the
Engineer for approval . All joints not indicated on the
drawings shall require the prior approval of the Engineer.
Construction joints shall be coated with the specified curing
compound to act as a bond breaker prior to placement of new
concrete.
3 .05 CONTROL JOINTS. Control joints in slab surfaces shall be
located as indicated on the drawings. Control joints shall be
made by sawing a 1/8" wide continuous slot to a depth of 1/4
the thickness of the slab. Maximum joint spacing (feet) in
each direction shall not exceed either 2 . 5 times the slab
thickness (inches) or 20 feet. Installation of control joints
shall occur as soon as the concrete is hard enough not to be
torn or damaged by the saw.
3 .06 PROTECTION AND CURING
A. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements
and defacement of any nature during construction
operations .
B. Keep concrete in a thoroughly moist condition from the
time it is placed until it has cured, for at least 7 days
at a temperature of at least 50 degrees by curing methods
approved by the Engineer.
C. Carefully protect exposed concrete corners from traffic
or use which will damage them in any way.
D. All interior slabs shall be wet cured. Burlap cloth or
white burlap-polyethylene sheeting saturated with water
shall be placed as soon as the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to prevent surface damage. The coverings
should be kept continuously in place and moist for a
minimum of 7 days.
E. Immediately after removal of wet cure coverings, the
specified dissipating curing compound shall be applied.
The compound shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Foot traffic shall be kept off slabs for at least 72
hours. Staging or loading of equipment or supplies on
slabs shall not occur within 8 days of slab placement.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-15
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
H. Pumping: Concrete may be placed by proper pumping. The
high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer)
may be used upon approval of the Engineer. Equipment for
pumping shall be of such size and design as to insure
continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without
separation of materials. The use of aluminum pipe in
pumping equipment is prohibited.
I . Vibrating and Compacting:
1 . All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and
compacted by suitable means during the operation of
placing and depositing, and shall be thoroughly
worked around reinforcement, embedded items, and
into the corners of the forms. All concrete
against forms shall be thoroughly spaded. Internal
vibrators shall be used under experienced
supervision, and shall be kept out of contact with
reinforcement and wood forms . Vibrators shall not
be used in a manner that forces mortar between
individual form members .
2 . Vibrators shall be flexible electric type or
approved compressed air type, adequately powered
and capable of transmitting to the concrete not
less than seven thousand (7, 000) impulses per
minute. The type of vibrator used shall be in
accordance with ACI 3098, "Guide for Consolidation
of Concrete" . Vibrator shall be such that the
concrete becomes uniformly plastic with their use.
Lower frequency vibrators may be used with "flowing
concrete" .
3 . Vibration shall be close to the forms but shall not
be continued at one spot to the extent that large
areas of grout are formed or the heavier aggregates
are caused to settle. Care shall be taken not to
disturb concrete which has its initial set.
4 . The responsibility for providing fully filled out,
smooth, clean and properly aligned surfaces free
from objectionable pockets and blemishes shall rest
entirely with the Subcontractor.
5. Use of vibrators to transport concrete shall not be
allowed.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-14
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
3 . Do not permit the membrane to be punctured except
at utility risers.
E. Anchors and Embedded Items: Anchors, bolts, sleeves, in-
serts, wood blocking, and any other items to be embedded
in concrete shall be accurately secured in position
before the concrete is placed.
F. Where openings are required by the various trades, but
are not detailed on the drawings, reinforce as directed
by the Engineer.
G. Handling and Depositing:
1 . Concreting, once started, shall be carried on as a
continuous operation until the section of approved
size and shape is completed.
2 . Concrete shall be handled as rapidly as practicable
from the mixer to the place of final deposit by
methods which prevent the separation or loss of
ingredients. It shall be deposited, as nearly as
practicable, in its final position to avoid
rehandling or flowing.
3 . Concrete shall not be dropped freely where
reinforcing will cause segregation, nor shall it be
dropped freely more than six (6) feet. Concrete
shall be deposited to maintain a plastic surface
approximately horizontal .
4 . Concrete that has partially hardened shall not be
deposited in the work. The discharge of concrete
shall be started not more than 60 minutes after the
introduction of mixing water. Placing of concrete
shall be completed within 90 minutes of the first
introduction of cement into the mix.
5 . Placing on subgrade: Concrete shall not be placed
on subgrade faster than it can be spread and
straightened.
6 . Installation of concrete slab on grade shall be
done under completed roof.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-13
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
1. Specified strength of concrete reported used.
M. Mix reported used.
n. Approximate number of cubic yards represented
by sample.
o. Location or portion of structure represented
by sample.
p. Description of initial curing of test
specimens.
q. Date of test and age of specimen.
r. Compressive strength P.S.I .
S. Statement signed by laboratory supervisor that
all applicable ASTM Standards performed by the
laboratory have been followed, except as
noted.
E. Test Sections:
1 . Joint Filler: Subcontractor shall fill a 10 ft.
long test section of joint filling for
Architect/Engineer approval prior to proceeding
with the balance of work. A technical
representative from the joint filler manufacturer
shall be present and assist in the filling of the
test section.
2 . The approved test sections establishes minimum
look standards for all work.
3 .03 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Notification: The Engineer shall be notified at least 48
hours in advance of the placing of any concrete.
B. Bearing area under slabs shall be approved by an
independent testing lab before placing concrete.
C. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground.
D. Provide the specified vapor barrier membrane with the
bedding and covering indicated on the drawings, beneath
slabs on grade.
1 . Place the membrane in as large sheets as
practicable, lapping 12 inches, with the top lap
placed in the direction concrete will be spread.
2 . Carefully cut, fit, and seal the membrane to all
pipes and conduits projecting through the membrane,
using small sheets, where necessary, and
pressure-sensitive tape.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-12
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
and the concrete proves to be satisfactory, the
cutout sections shall be restored to the original
condition in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer
at no additional cost to the Builder.
C. Additional Testing:
1 . Inspect concrete batching, mixing, and delivery
operations to the extent deemed necessary by the
Engineer.
2 . A full time representative from an Independent
Testing Laboratory shall be on site to observe
concrete placement and finishing, and perform all
tests as described above for all slabs on grade.
The inspector shall determine that the slab work is
being done in accordance with the drawings,
specifications, and AC1302 .1R "Guide for Concrete
Floor and Slab Construction" . The inspector shall
submit to the Engineer daily reports and a final
report on the construction of the slab. The daily
reports shall describe the area constructed and any
deficiencies found and corrective action taken.
The final report shall convey any outstanding
deficiencies or the fact that all deficiencies were
corrected.
look
3 . An independent testing lab shall test and approve
the allowable bearing pressure and modulus of sub-
grade reaction at all slab areas.
D. Submittal of Concrete Test Reports:
1 . Concrete test reports submitted by the Testing
Laboratory to the Engineer to be used in
determining whether concrete meets the strength
requirements shall contain at least the following
information:
a. Name and location of project.
b. Name of Architect/Engineer.
C. Name of Contractor.
d. Name of concrete producer.
e. Delivery ticket number.
f. Date and time batched.
g. Date and item sampled, with identification
number or letter for each specimen.
h. Temperature of concrete.
i . Temperature of air.
j . Slump.
k. Air content and unit weight of concrete.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-11
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
In the event that concrete is pumped to its final
location, slump tests shall be made prior to the concrete
being placed in the pump and at the nozzle discharge.
The slump at the nozzle discharge shall conform to the
maximum slump given in these specifications.
B. Compression Tests:
1 . The Testing Laboratory will prepare and cure
compression test samples at the Builders expense.
One set of at least four cylinders will be made in
accordance with ASTM C31 from each 50 cubic yards
of concrete, or fraction thereof, placed each day.
2 . One cylinder from each set will be tested at 7 days
for information. Two cylinders shall be tested at
28 days for acceptance in accordance with ASTM C39 .
3 . The fourth cylinder from each set shall be kept
until the 28 day test reports on the second and
third cylinders in the same set has been received
by the Engineer.
4 . The strength level shall be considered satisfactory
so long as the averages of all sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed
the specified strength f 'c, and no individual
strength test (average of two cylinders) result
falls below the specified strength f1c by more than
500 psi .
5 . in the event the average compressive strength of
the two 28 day cylinders do not achieve the
required level, the Engineer may elect to test the
fourth cylinder immediately or test it after 56
days.
6 . In the event that the result is below the required
level, the Engineer may require test cores of the
hardened concrete to be taken by the Testing
Laboratory in accordance with ASTM C42 . If such
test indicates that the core specimen is below the
strength level required by ACI 318, Section 5 .6 .4,
the concrete in question shall be removed and
replaced without cost to the Builder. Any other
work damaged as a result of this concrete removal
shall be replaced with new materials to the
satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost
to the Builder. The cost of coring will be
deducted from the contract amount. Where core
cylinders have been taken by the Testing Laboratory
n
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-10
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 MIXING
A. All concrete shall be ready-mixed concrete and shall be
mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements
of "Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete" , ASTM C94 to
produce concrete with the required strength, slump and
air content.
B. The concrete producer shall furnish with each load of
concrete a numbered delivery ticket showing name of
Contractor, name and location of project, date and time
batched, truck number, number of cubic yards in load,
specified strength, slump, and mix design number.
C. In the event concrete is mixed at a central batching
plant, the delivery shall be arranged so that intervals
between batches are kept at a minimum, and in any event
not more than thirty (30) minutes . Trucks shall be in
first class condition and kept in constant rotation
during delivery.
D. When concrete is delivered in a truck mixer or agitator,
no water from the truck-water system or elsewhere shall
be added after the initial introduction of mixing water
for the batch, except when on arrival at the job site the
slump of the concrete is less than that specified. Such
additional water to bring the slump within required
limits shall be injected into the mixer, provided the
maximum water-cement ratio specified is not exceeded.
The drum or blades shall be turned an additional 30
revolutions or more at mixing speed until the concrete is
within the proper slump limits if not in violation of the
requirements of Paragraph E.
E. Discharge of concrete after initial batching shall be
completed within 90 minutes, or before the drum has
revolved 300 revolutions, whichever comes first, after
the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and
aggregates. In hot weather (as defined by ACI) the
discharge of the concrete shall be completed within 60
minutes.
3 .02 TESTING OF CONCRETE
A. Slump Tests: The Engineer or Testing Laboratory will
make slump tests of concrete during placing of concrete,
as required, in accordance with ASTM C143 . Determine
temperature of concrete sample for each strength test.
Slump tests shall be made for each set of test cylinders.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
2 . Mix designs shall be proportioned to minimize
drying shrinkage. All shrinkage tests of portland
cement concrete mix designs shall be conducted in
accordance with ASTM C157 (10" long specimen
minimum) . At a minimum, shrinkage tests shall be
conducted on each mix design with and without the
proposed water-reducing admixture. Shrinkage test
results shall be submitted with the proposed mix
designs . Mix designs with shrinkage results
exceeding 0.02% at 28 days will = be accepted.
2 .03 CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS
A. Compressive Strength: All concrete shall have the
following compressive strengths at 28 days:
Portland Cement Concrete: 3500 PSI
B. Water-Cement Ratio: Total water content in the concrete
mix, including any moisture present in the aggregates,
shall not exceed a water-cement ratio of .50 for portland
cement concrete and .55 for expansive cement concrete by
weight.
C. Slump: Slump for concrete shall be 4" +/- 1/2" for
portland cement concrete. Slump shall be determined by
+* ASTM C143 .
All concrete containing the high range water reducing
admixture (superplasticizer) shall have a maximum slump
of 8" unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The
concrete shall arrive at the jobsite at a slump of 2" to
311 , be verified, then the high range reducing admixture
added to increase the slump to the approved level.
D. Density: All concrete shall be normal weight concrete
having an in-place air-dried maximum density of 150
pounds per cubic foot.
E. Air-Entrainment: All interior slabs shall have an air
content not exceeding 3 percent.
F. The exact proportions for the mix, including amounts of
admixture (if any) , and water, shall be determined as
hereinbefore specified under "Mix Designs" , based on
cement and aggregates submitted by the Subcontractor, and
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
G. All concrete for slabs on grade shall be placed as con-
trolled concrete.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
H. Epoxy Joint Filler: The epoxy joint filler shall be a
two component, 100% solids epoxy resin of concrete gray
color, with a minimum shore D hardness of 50 and a
minimum shore A hardness of 80 . Epoxy joint filler shall
be "MM80" by the Metzger/McGuire Company, "Euco 700" by
the Euclid Chemical Company, "Masterfill CJ" by Master
Builders, Inc. , or approved equal .
I . Vapor Barrier Membrane: Provide polyethylene sheet of
the thickness indicated on the drawings (10 mil minimum) ,
complying with ASTM D4397 . Material shall be resistant
to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E154.
2 .02 LABORATORY TESTS AND MIX DESIGNS
A. General: Testing of cement and aggregate analysis shall
be performed by a qualified testing laboratory selected,
by the Builder and paid for by the Builder. The
laboratory shall perform all tests requested and
authorized by the Engineer. Tests and services shall
consist of the following:
1 . Test results of portland cement in accordance with
ASTM C150 and C114 shall be furnished by the
concrete supplier if requested by the Engineer.
2 . Analysis of aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33,
and sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates in
accordance with ASTM C136.
B. Samples: Subcontractor shall furnish and deliver iden-
tified samples of all materials required for analysis and
tests in the amounts required by the Testing Laboratory,
without charge. The samples will be selected by the
Engineer or the Testing Laboratory. Deliver samples of
cement and aggregates to the Testing Laboratory at least
45 days prior to use on the job.
C. Mix Designs:
1 . All mix designs shall be proportioned in accordance
with Section 5.3 (field experience and/or trial
mixtures) of ACI 318 . Cost of mix design
preparation shall be paid by the Subcontractor. if
trial batches are used, they shall be prepared by a
recognized Independent Testing Laboratory approved
by the Engineer. All mix designs must be approved
by the Engineer prior to their use in the project.
Subcontractor shall be responsible for
incorporating into the structure concrete of the
minimum strengths specified.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
D. Admixtures: No admixture shall contain more than 0 .05
percent chloride ions. When more than one admixture is
proposed for use in a mix, admixtures to be used shall be
compatible with each other and in combination with the
cement and aggregates to be used for the Project, and
shall be suitable at the job temperatures. If admixtures
are to be used in concrete where linings, toppings or
similar materials will be subsequently bonded to the
concrete, then Subcontractor shall verify the
compatibility of the admixtures and the bonded materials.
1 . water Reducing Admixture: "Eucon WR-75" by The
Euclid Chemical Company, "Pozzolith Polyheed" by
Master Builders, Inc. or "Plastocrete 161" by Sika
Chemical Corporation. The admixture shall conform
to ASTM C494, Type A.
2 . High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super-
plasticizer) : "Melment" by the American Admixtures
and Chemicals Corporation, "Eucon 37" by the Euclid
Chemical Company or "Sikament" by Sika Chemical
Corporation. The admixture shall conform to ASTM `
C494, Type F.
3 . Certification: Written conformance to above
mentioned requirements and the chloride ion content
will be required from the admixture manufacturer
prior to mix design review by the Engineer.
E. Water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental
to concrete.
F. Dissipating Resin Curing Compound: The compound shall be
a dissipating resin type compound, conforming to ASTM
C309, Type 1 . The membrane coating must chemically break
down after approximately 2 weeks and eventually wear off
the surface completely. The compound shall be "Kurez DR"
by the Euclid Chemical Company, "Masterkure 100W" by
Master Builder, Inc. or approved equal.
G. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from Jute or Kenaf
weighing approximately 9 ounces per square yard complying
with AASHTO M182 or white burlap - polyethylene sheeting
complying with ASTM C171 . Burlap must be free of sizing
or any substance that is harmful to concrete or causes
discoloration.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
B. Hot Weather Requirements: The maximum placing
temperature of the concrete, when deposited, shall be 90
degrees F. If the weather causes the placing temperature
to exceed 90 degrees F. the mix shall be cooled by
wetting the aggregate or other appropriate method as
approved by the Engineer.
C. Rate of temperature change: Change' in temperature of the
air immediately adjacent to the concrete during and imme-
diately following the curing period shall be kept as
uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5°F in any one
hour or 50°F in any 24 hour period.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 Type II, of U.S. manufacture.
Only one brand of cement shall be used on the project.
Temperature of cement shall not be over 140 degrees F.
when delivered to the batching plant.
B. Fly Ash: Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618 Type C or F.
A fly ash quality assurance program report shall be sub-
mitted to the Engineer for approval . This report shall
present all of the chemical and physical properties of
the fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618 . In addition,
a history of successful use of fly ash concrete shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval . These items
shall be submitted with the proposed concrete mix design
or the mix design will be rejected.
C. Aggregates:
1 . Fine aggregate. ASTM C33, washed, clean and graded
from 100 percent passing through the 3/8 inch sieve
and zero percent passing through the No. 100 sieve.
2 . Coarse aggregate. ASTM C33, washed, clean and
graded from 1/4 inch to maximum sizes hereinafter
specified.
a. Slab depth > 411 : Coarse aggregate shall be
graded to 2" sized aggregate (ASTM C33 size
number 467) .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
5 . Admixtures : Amount per cubic yard, type, brand
., name, supplier, certification of ASTM compliance,
and certification of chloride ion compliance.
6 . Compression strength and compression tests of past
usage of the submitted mix design.
7 . Water-cement ratio.
8 . Slump.
9 . Location in structure.
10 . Shrinkage test results.
C. Product Data: Submit brand name, chemical composition,
manufacturer 's recommendations and installation
instructions, and, where applicable, certificates of
conformance with all specified requirements for the
following proposed products:
1 . Absorptive Cover used for Wet Curing.
2 . Epoxy Joint Filler.
3 . Joint Sealer.
D. Concrete test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.
E. Verification of allowable bearing pressure and modulus of
sub-grade reaction at all slab areas shall be submitted
to the Engineer.
1 .05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Requirements:
1 . Concrete shall not be mixed or placed when the
temperature is below 40 degrees F. or when
conditions indicate that the temperature will fall
below 40 degrees F. within 72 hours, without
adequate protection as approved by the Engineer.
2 . Concrete temperature shall be maintained, when
deposited, at not less than 60 degrees F. In cold
weather, the reinforcement, forms, and ground which
concrete will contact must be completely free of
frost.
3 . The concrete must be kept at a temperature of not
less than 50 degrees F. for not less than 72 hours
after placing.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
1 . "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
ACI 318-89 .
2 . "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Build-
ings" , ACI 301-89, and ACI SP-15 .
3 . "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" ,
ACI 302 .18-89 .
4 . "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete" , ACI 3048-89.
5 . "Hot Weather Concreting" , ACI 3058-91 .
6 . "Cold Weather Concreting" , ACI 306R-88 .
7 . "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete" , ACI 308-
92 .
8 . "Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials" , ACI 117R-90 .
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) : The
specifications and standards hereinafter referred to,
latest editions.
1 .04 SUBMITTALS
A. General : unless indicated otherwise, make submittals in
accordance with the requirements of section 01300 of the
specifications.
B. Mix Design: Submit concrete mix designs with project name
and address, including the following information:
1 . Cement: Amount per cubic yard, type, brand name,
and supplier.
2 . Flyash: Amount per cubic yard, type, supplier, a
history of successful use of flyash concrete, and
quality assurance program report.
3 . Aggregates: Amount per cubic yard, supplier, rock
types, aggregate analysis and sieve analysis
including fineness modulus.
4 . Water: Amount per cubic yard.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
A. Except as specified otherwise herein, concrete shall be
batched, mixed, placed, tested, and cured in accordance
with the American Concrete Institute ' s "Specifications
for Structural Concrete for Buildings" ACI 301 .
B. Subcontractor shall schedule his work and notify all
trades in ample time so that provision for their work can
be made without delaying the progress of the project.
C. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to
produce concrete which will present an acceptable
finished appearance. Imperfections of material or
workmanship shall be corrected as the Engineer directs,
at the Subcontractor's expense.
D. All of the work that is to be inserted or sleeved in the
slabs for attachment of other work is not described in
detail . Subcontractor shall carefully examine all draw-
ings and other sections of these specifications for the
extent and detail of all such work and coordinate this
work with other trades.
E. It will be the Subcontractor's responsibility to insure
that all concrete surfaces are completely free of any
conditions which will adversely affect its finished ap-
pearance or the application of a specified finish.
F. Failure to comply with these requirements will require
removal of sufficiently large sections of the work, as
determined by the Architect and Engineer, in order to
properly integrate the section to be replaced with the
architectural and structural requirements of the total
project. All such removal and replacement shall be made
at the expense of the Subcontractor at no additional cost
to the Builder.
G. Do not commence placement of concrete until the concrete
mix design has been submitted, reviewed, and approved by
the Engineer.
1 .03 CODES AND STANDARDS. Except as modified by the requirements
specified herein and/or the details on the drawings, all work
included in this section shall conform to the applicable
provisions of the following codes and standards with their
latest revisions unless indicated otherwise.
A. Governing Local or State Building Code.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) :
�Ook FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
SECTION 03310
CONCRETE SLABS
Division 1, General Requirements, are hereby made a part of this
section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 .00 GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE
A. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protec-
tion from damage of all materials.
B. Layout and coordination of work with other trades.
C. Work Included: Perform all work necessary and required
to complete the work of this section as indicated. Such
work includes but is not limited to the following:
1 . Furnish and install all cast-in-place concrete
slabs as indicated on the drawings and specified
herein.
2 . Finishing and curing.
3 . Joints.
4 . Joint Fillers.
5 . Curing Compound.
D. Related Work in Other Sections: The following items of
associated work are included in other sections of these
specifications:
1 . Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement.
2 . Section 03300 : Cast-In-Place Concrete.
3 . Furnishing and placing of sleeves for mechanical
and electrical items.
1.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 03310-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE SLABS
AM,, C. All concrete curbs shall receive a smooth steel trowel
finish.
D. Broomed Finish: Broomed finish, where indicated on the
drawings, shall be finished same as floated finish except
that after floating, finish surfaces by scoring in
parallel lines with a stable broom, perpendicular to the
direction of traffic or as indicated on the drawings.
Texture shall be as approved by the Architect.
3 .09 NON-SHRINK GROUT: All column base plates, equipment bases and
other locations indicated on the drawings shall be grouted
with the specified non-shrink grout.
3 .10 DEFECTIVE WORK: The following concrete work will be consid-
ered defective and may be ordered by the Engineer to be re-
moved and replaced at Subcontractor' s expense:
A. Concrete:
1. Incorrectly formed.
2 . Not plumb or level.
3 . Not specified strength.
4 . Containing rock pockets, voids, honeycomb, or cold
joints.
5 . Containing wood or foreign matter.
6 . Otherwise not in accordance with the intent of the
drawings and specifications.
+ + END OF SECTION 03300 + +
ate 11
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-18
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
G. When high temperatures, low humidity and dry winds create
conditions suitable for plastic cracking, the evaporation
retarder, Eucobar by The Euclid Chemical Company or Con-
film by Master Builders, Inc . may be required to be
sprayed on the surface along with the finishing agents.
H. Protect fresh concrete from drying winds, sun, rain,
damage or soiling.
3 .08 CONCRETE FINISHES: If the finish is not designated on the
drawings, the following finishes shall be used as applicable:
A. Unexposed Surfaces:
1. Concrete surfaces to receive wall dampproofing shall
be plywood form finish as specified in the Section,
"Concrete Formwork" , without further treatment other
than necessary patching. Tie holes and defects shall
be patched. Fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height shall
be chipped or rubbed off.
2 . Concrete surfaces which will be exposed but which are
located in concealed areas shall be the plywood form
finish, as specified in the Section, "Concrete Form-
work" , without further treatment other than necessary
patching. Tie holes and defects shall be patched.
Fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height shall be chipped or
rubbed off.
B. Exposed Surfaces :
1. "Sacked" finish. Exposed concrete shall be the ply-
wood finish as specified in the Section, "Concrete
Formwork" , patched as hereinbefore specified, and
sacked to a uniform texture while concrete is still
green. Sacking of concrete shall include smoothing
off joint marks and fins and rubbing with abrasive
stones, and grout or slurry treatment as required or
necessary to produce surface acceptable to the Archi-
tect in every respect.
2 . Dock and Foundation Walls: All surface defects shall
be repaired immediately after forms have been removed.
Patch tie holes, fill voids and cracks and rub or
grind fins to match adjacent surface. After all
paving work is complete and exterior building area
cleaned, apply elastomeric paint to walls in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
specification 09900 "Painting" section 3 .03A.30 .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-17
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3 .06 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE AREAS
A. Immediately after stripping forms, patch minor defects,
form-tie holes, honey-combed areas, etc . , before concrete
is thoroughly dry. Remove ledges and bulges . Repair
gravel pockets by cutting out to solid surface, form key,
and thoroughly dampen. Apply the specified bonding com-
pound. Place patching mortar consisting of 1 part cement
to 2 parts fine sand, after the bonding compound has
dried. Compact mortar into place and neatly finish to
exactly match surface texture. Grind or fill surfaces to
produce level, true planes . Patching of honeycombed areas
or gravel pockets which, in the Engineer's opinion, are
too large and unsatisfactory for mortar patching as de-
scribed above, is to be cut out to solid surface, keyed,
and packed solid with matching concrete to produce firm
bond and surface. Patching shall match adjacent surfaces._
B. All structural repairs shall be made, with prior approval
of the Engineer, as to method and procedure, using the
specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar.
3 .07 PROTECTION AND CURING
A. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and
defacement of any nature during construction operations.
B. Keep concrete in a thoroughly moist condition from the
time it is placed until it has cured, for at least 7 days
at a temperature of at least 50 degrees by curing methods
approved by the Engineer. The temperature requirement may
be reduced to three (3) days when high early strength
concrete is used.
C. Keep all forms sufficiently wet to prevent drying out of
the concrete.
D. Carefully protect exposed concrete corners from traffic or
use which will damage them in any way.
E. The curing compound must be applied immediately after
final finishing. This compound shall be applied in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and
application instructions.
F. Alternately, all concrete may be wet cured. Burlap cloth
or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting saturated with water
shall be placed as soon as the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to prevent surface damage. The coverings
should be kept continuously in place and moist for a
minimum of 7 days.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-16
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
such that the concrete becomes uniformly plastic with
their use. Lower frequency vibrators may be used with
"flowing concrete" .
3 . Vibration shall be close to the forms. but shall not be
continued at one spot to the extent that large areas
of grout are formed or the heavier aggregates are
caused to settle. Care shall be taken not to disturb
concrete which has its initial set. Vibrators shall
not be lowered deeper than the layer placed.
4 . Where conditions make compacting difficult, or where
the reinforcement is congested, "flowing concrete"
containing the high range water reducing admixture
(superplasticizer) may be used, upon approval of Engi-
neer.
5 . The responsibility for providing fully filled out,
smooth, clean and properly aligned surfaces free from
objectionable pockets and blemishes shall rest entire-
ly with the Subcontractor.
6 . Use of vibrators to transport concrete within the
forms shall not be allowed.
3 .04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS When construction joints are necessary,
they shall be made and located as required or as indicated and
detailed on the Drawings . If for any reason, the
Subcontractor feels a change is necessary, he shall devise a
plan and submit it to the Engineer for approval. Joints not
indicated on the Drawings shall be made and located as to
impair least the strength of the structure. Where a joint is
to be made, in a structural member, the surface of the
concrete shall be sandblasted or thoroughly cleaned, and all
laitance removed. Joints shall be dampened and the specified
bonding compound applied. New concrete shall be placed after
the compound has dried. Approved key shall be used at all
joints, unless detailed otherwise. All joints not indicated
on the drawings shall require the prior approval of the
Engineer. Forms shall be re-tightened before placing of
concrete is continued.
3 .05 CONTROL JOINTS. Control joints shall be located as indicated
on the drawings . Installation of control joints shall occur
as soon as the concrete is hard enough not to be torn or
damaged by the saw.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-15
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4 . In placing walls, or thin sections of heights greater
than 10 feet, openings in the form, elephant trunk
tremies, or other approved devices shall be used which
will permit the concrete to be placed without segrega-
tion or accumulation of hardened concrete on the forms
or metal reinforcement above the level of the fresh
concrete. Such devices shall be installed so that
concrete will be dropped vertically.
5 . Concrete that has partially hardened shall not be
deposited in the work. The discharge of concrete
shall be started not more than 60 minutes after the
introduction of mixing water. Placing of concrete
shall be completed within 90 minutes of the first
introduction of cement into the mix.
6 . Placing on subgrade: Concrete shall not be placed on
subgrade faster than it can be spread and straight-
ened.
7 . Concrete shall not be placed during rain, sleet or
snow unless adequate protection is provided as ap-
proved by the Engineer.
G. Pumping: Concrete may be placed by proper pumping. The
high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) may
be used upon approval of the Engineer. Equipment for
pumping shall be of such size and design as to insure
continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without
separation of materials. The use of aluminum pipe in
pumping equipment is prohibited.
H. Vibrating and Compacting:
1. All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and com-
pacted by suitable means during the operation of plac-
ing and depositing, and shall be thoroughly worked
around reinforcement, embedded items, and into the
corners of the forms. All concrete against forms
shall be thoroughly spaded. Internal vibrators shall
be used under experienced supervision, and shall be
kept out of contact with reinforcement and wood forms .
Vibrators shall not be used in a manner that forces
mortar between individual form members.
2 . Vibrators shall be flexible electric type or approved
compressed air type, adequately powered and capable of
transmitting to the concrete not less than seven thou-
sand (7, 000) impulses per minute. The type of vibra-
tor used shall be in accordance with ACI 309R, "Guide
for Consolidation of Concrete" . Vibrator shall be
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-14
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3 .03 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Notification: The Engineer shall be notified at least 48
hours in advance of the placing of any concrete.
B. Foundation bearing area under footings shall be approved
by an independent test lab before placing concrete.
C. Forms : Before placing concrete, forms shall be thoroughly
inspected. All chips, dirt, etc . shall be removed, all
temporary bracing and cleats taken out, all openings for
pipes, etc. , properly boxed, all forms properly secured in
their correct position and made tight, all reinforcements,
anchors, and embedded items secured in their proper plac-
es. Concrete which may be on the forms or reinforcement,
and which is set and dry, shall be cleaned off, and the
forms and steel washed off before proceeding. Remove
water, snow, ice and all foreign matter from forms and
excavations.
Unless otherwise directed, sand or sandy soil shall be
moist but not saturated just prior to placing concrete.
Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground.
D. Anchors and Embedded Items : Anchors, bolts, sleeves, in-
serts, wood blocking, and any other items to be embedded
in concrete shall be accurately secured in position before
the concrete is placed.
E. Where openings are required by the various trades, but are
not detailed on the drawings, reinforce as directed by the
Engineer.
F. Handling and Depositing:
1 . Concreting, once started, shall be carried on as a
continuous operation until the section of approved
size and shape is completed.
2 . Concrete shall be handled as rapidly as practicable
from the mixer to the place of final deposit by meth-
ods which prevent the separation or loss of ingredi-
ents. It shall be deposited, as nearly as practica-
ble, in its final position to avoid rehandling or
flowing.
3 . Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing
will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely
more than six (6) feet. Concrete shall be deposited
to maintain a plastic surface approximately horizon-
tal.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-13
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
C. Additional Testing
1 . Inspect concrete batching, mixing, and delivery opera-
tions to the extent deemed necessary by the Engineer.
2 . An independent testing lab shall test and approve the
allowable bearing pressure under every strip and iso-
lated footing.
D. Submittal of Concrete Test Reports
1. Concrete test reports submitted by the Testing Labora-
tory to the Engineer to be used in determining whether
concrete meets the strength requirements shall contain
at least the following information:
a. Name and location of project.
b. Name of Architect/Engineer.
c . Name of Contractor.
d. Name of concrete producer.
e. Delivery ticket number.
f. Date and time batched.
g. Date and item sampled, with identification number
or letter for each specimen.
h. Temperature of concrete.
i . Temperature of air.
j . Slump.
k. Air content and unit weight of concrete.
1. Specified strength of concrete reported used.
m. Mix reported used.
n. Approximate number of cubic yards represented by
sample.
o. Location or portion of structure represented by
sample.
p. Description of initial curing of test specimens.
q. Date of test and age of specimen.
r. Compressive strength P.S.I.
s . Statement signed by laboratory supervisor that all
applicable ASTM Standards performed by the labora-
tory have been followed, except as noted.
E. Test Sections:
1. Subcontractor shall pour and finish a test section of
concrete for Architect/Engineer approval prior to
proceeding with the balance of work.
2 . The approved test section establishes minimum
standards for all work.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-12
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
slump tests shall be made prior to the concrete being
placed in the pump and at the nozzle discharge. The slump
at the nozzle discharge shall conform to the maximum slump
given in these specifications .
B. Compression Tests:
1. The Testing Laboratory will prepare and cure
compression test samples at the Builder' s expense.
One set of at least four cylinders will be made in
accordance with ASTM C31 from each 50 cubic yards of
concrete, or fraction thereof, placed each day.
2 . One cylinder from each set will be tested at 7 days
for information. Two cylinders shall be tested at 28
days for acceptance in accordance with ASTM C39 .
3 . The fourth cylinder from each set shall be kept until
the 28 day test reports on the second and third cylin-
ders in the same set has been received by the Engi-
neer.
4 . The strength level shall be considered satisfactory so
long as the averages of all sets of three consecutive
strength test results equal or exceed the specified
strength f ' c, and no individual strength test (average
of two cylinders) result falls below the specified
strength f 'c by more than 500 psi.
5 . In the event the average compressive strength of the
two 28 day cylinders do not achieve the required lev-
el, the Engineer may elect to test the fourth cylinder
immediately or test it after 56 days.
6 . In the event that the result is below the required
level, the Engineer may require test cores of the
hardened structure to be taken by the Testing Labora-
tory in accordance with ASTM C42 . If such test indi-
cates that the core specimen is below the strength
level required by ACI 318, Section 5 .6 .4, the concrete
in question shall be removed and replaced without cost
to the Builder. Any other work damaged as a result of
this concrete removal shall be replaced with new
materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no
additional cost to the Builder. The cost of coring
will be deducted from the contract amount. Where core
cylinders have been taken by the Testing Laboratory
and the concrete proves to be satisfactory, the cutout
sections shall be restored to the original condition
in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer at no
additional cost to the Builder.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-11
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 MIXING
A. All concrete shall be ready-mixed concrete and shall be
mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of
'Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concreteu , ASTM C94 to
produce concrete with the required- strength, slump and air
content.
B. The concrete producer shall furnish with each load of con-
crete a numbered delivery ticket showing name of Contrac-
tor, name and location of project, date and time batched,
truck number, number of cubic yards in load, specified
strength, slump, and mix design number.
C. In the event concrete is mixed at a central batching
plant, the delivery shall be arranged so that intervals
between batches are kept at a minimum, and in any event
not more than thirty (30) minutes. Trucks shall be in
first class condition and kept in constant rotation during
delivery.
D. When concrete is delivered in a truck mixer or agitator,
no water from the truck-water system or elsewhere shall be
added after the initial introduction of mixing water for
the batch, except when on arrival at the job site the
slump of the concrete is less than that specified. Such
additional water to bring the slump within required limits
shall be injected into the mixer, provided the maximum
water-cement ratio specified is not exceeded. The drum or
blades shall be turned an additional 30 revolutions or
more at mixing speed until the concrete is within the
proper slump limits if not in violation of the
requirements of Paragraph E.
E. Discharge of concrete after initial batching shall be com-
pleted within 90 minutes, or before the drum has revolved
300 revolutions, whichever comes first, after the intro-
duction of the mixing water to the cement and aggregates.
In hot weather (as defined by ACI) the discharge of the
concrete shall be completed within 60 minutes.
3 .02 TESTING OF CONCRETE
A. Slump Tests: The Engineer or Testing Laboratory will make
slump tests of concrete during placing of concrete, as
required, in accordance with ASTM C143 . Determine temper-
ature of concrete sample for each strength test. Slump
tests shall be made for each set of test cylinders. In
the event that concrete is pumped to its final location,
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-10
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2 .03 CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS
A. All concrete shall have the following compressive
strengths at 28 days and shall be proportioned within the
following limits :
Maximum
Specified Maximum Water-
Location of psi at 28 Size of Maximum Cement
Concrete days Aaareaate Slump Ratio*
Footings 3000 1-1/2" 3 " ± 1" .68 ( .58)
Piers, Steps,
Walls, Retaining
Walls 3000 1" 3 " ± 1" .68 ( .58)
Concrete over
Steel Deck 3000 1" 4" ± 1/2" .68 ( .58)
* ( ) Indicates maximum water-cement ratios for concrete when
strength data from field experience or trial mixtures are not
provided.
All concrete containing the high range water reducing admix-
ture (superplasticizer) shall have a maximum slump of 8"
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The concrete shall
arrive at the jobsite at a slump of 2" to 311 , be verified,
then the high range reducing admixture added to increase the
slump to the approved level.
B. The exact proportions for the mix, including amounts of
admixture (if any) , and water, shall be determined as
hereinbefore specified under "Mix Designs" , based on
cement and aggregates submitted by the Subcontractor, and
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
C. If greater amounts of cement than those specified above
are required because of Subcontractor' s operations, such
as pumping concrete, no increase in the contract amount
will be permitted for this reason.
D. Air-Entrainment: The air content in all concrete exposed
to weathering shall be maintained at 4 to 6 percent for
ground level exterior work.
E. The nominal maximum size of the aggregate shall not be
more than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between
sides of forms, one-third of the section depth, nor
three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between rein-
forcing bars.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
shall be by Greenstreak Plastic Products, Vinylex Corp. ,
Schlegel Corp. or approved equal .
N. Non-shrink Grout: The non-metallic, non-staining factory
premixed grout having a compressive strength at 28 days of
not less than 6800 psi shall conform to Corps of Engineers
specification for non-shrink grout, CRD-C-621 and ASTM
C109 . Grout shall be "Masterflow 713 " by Master Builders,
Inc. , "NS Grout" by the Euclid Chemical Company, "Burke
Non-ferrous, Non-shrink Grout" by the Burke Company, or
approved equal. Grout shall be installed in accordance
with Manufacturer 's recommendations.
2 .02 LABORATORY TESTS AND MIX DESIGNS
A. General: Testing of cement and aggregate analysis shall
be performed by a qualified testing laboratory selected,
by the Engineer and paid for by the Builder. The
laboratory shall perform all tests requested and
authorized by the Engineer. Tests and services shall
consist of the following:
1. Test results of portland cement in accordance with
ASTM C150 and C114 shall be furnished by the concrete
supplier if requested by the Engineer.
Aowk 2 . Analysis of aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33 ,
and sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates in
accordance with ASTM C136 .
B. Samples: Subcontractor shall furnish and deliver iden-
tified samples of all materials required for analysis and
tests in the amounts required by the Testing Laboratory,
without charge. The samples will be selected by the
Engineer or the Testing Laboratory. Deliver samples of
cement and aggregates to the Testing Laboratory at least
45 days prior to use on the job.
C. Mix Designs:
1. All mix designs shall be proportioned in accordance
with Section 5 .3 (field experience and/or trial mix-
tures) of ACI 318. Cost of mix design preparation
shall be paid by the Subcontractor. If trial batches
are used, they shall be prepared by a recognized Inde-
pendent Testing Laboratory approved by the Engineer.
All mix designs must be approved by the Engineer prior
to their use in the project. Subcontractor shall be
responsible for incorporating into the structure con-
crete of the minimum strengths specified.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
F. Water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental
to concrete.
G. Curing Compound, Sealer and Dustproofer: The compound
shall be a clear styrene acrylate type, 30% solids content
minimum. The compound shall meet or exceed ASTM C309 Type
1 and the Manufacturer shall submit certification of
compliance with ASTM C309 Type 1 as well as the actual
maximum moisture loss. The compound shall be "Super
Rez-Seal" by the Euclid Chemical Company, "Masterkure" by
Master Builders, Inc. , "Spartan-Cote 30" by the Burke
Company or approved equal.
H. Dissipating Resin Curing Compound: The compound shall be
a dissipating resin type compound, conforming to ASTM
C309, Type 1. The membrane coating must chemically break
down after approximately 2 weeks and eventually wear off
the surface completely. The compound shall be "Kurez DR"
by the Euclid Chemical Company, "Masterkure 100W" by
Master Builder, Inc . or approved equal.
I. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from Jute or Kenaf
weighing approximately 9 ounces per square yard complying
with AASHTO M182 or white burlap - polyethylene sheeting
complying with ASTM C171. Burlap must be free of sizing
or any substance that is harmful to concrete or causes
discoloration.
J. Bonding Compound: "Euco Weld" by The Euclid Chemical
Company or "Weld-Crete" by The Larsen Company. The com-
pound shall be a polyvinyl acetate, rewettable type.
K. Epoxy Adhesive: "Euco #620 Epoxy" by The Euclid Chemical
Company or "Sikadur Hi-Mod" by Sika Chemical Corporation.
The compound shall be a two (2) component, 100% solids,
100% reactive compound suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces.
L. Vapor Barrier Membrane: Provide polyethylene sheet of the
thickness indicated on the drawings (10 mil minimum) ,
complying with ASTM D4397 . Material shall be resistant to
decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E154.
M. Waterstops: Ribbed type with center bulb manufactured
from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound and shall not
contain any scrap or reclaimed material or pigment what-
soever. All waterstops shall be installed and spliced in
accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations . Waterstops
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
a. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not
exceed 3/4 of the minimum clear spacing of rein-
forcing bars, or 1/3 the depth of the section.
D. Admixtures : No admixture shall contain more than 0 . 05
percent chloride ions . When more than one admixture is
proposed for use in a mix, admixtures to be used shall be
compatible with each other and in combination with the
cement and aggregates to be used for the Project, and
shall be suitable at the job temperatures. If admixtures
are to be used in concrete where linings, toppings or
similar materials will be subsequently bonded to the
concrete, then Subcontractor shall verify the
compatibility of the admixtures and the bonded materials.
1 . Water Reducing Admixture: "Eucon WR-75" by The Euclid
Chemical Company, "Pozzolith Polyheed" by Master Buil-
ders, Inc . or "Plastocrete 161" by Sika Chemical Cor-
poration. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C494,
Type A.
2 . Water Reducing, Retarding Admixture: "Eucon Retarder
- 75" by the Euclid Chemical Company, Pozzolith 300-
R" by Master Builders, Inc . or "Plastiment" by Sika
Chemical Corporation. The admixture shall conform to
ASTM C494, Type D.
3 . High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super-
plasticizer) : "Melment" by the American Admixtures
and Chemicals Corporation, "Eucon 37" by the Euclid
Chemical Company or "Sikament" by Sika Chemical Corpo-
ration. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C494,
Type F.
4 . Non-Chloride Accelerator: "Accelguard 80" by The
Euclid Chemical Company or "Daraset" by W. R. Grace
and Co. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C494,
Type C or E.
5 . Air Entraining Admixture: "Air-Mix" by the Euclid
Chemical Company or "Micro-Air" by Master Builders,
Inc. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C260 .
6 . Calcium Chloride: Calcium chloride or admixtures
containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not per-
mitted.
7 . Certification: Written conformance to above mentioned
requirements and the chloride ion content will be
required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix
design review by the Engineer.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
00010, 2 . Concrete temperature shall be maintained, when depos-
ited, at not less than 60 degrees F. In cold weather,
the reinforcement, forms, and ground which concrete
will contact must be completely free of frost.
3 . The concrete and formwork must be kept at a tempera-
ture of not less than 50 degrees F. for not less than
72 hours after placing.
B. Hot Weather Requirements: The maximum placing temperature
of the concrete, when deposited, shall be 90 degrees F.
If the weather causes the placing temperature to exceed 90
degrees F. the mix shall be cooled by wetting the aggre-
gate or other appropriate method as approved by the Engi-
neer.
C. Rate of temperature change: Change in temperature of the
air immediately adjacent to the concrete during and imme-
diately following the curing period shall be kept as
uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5°F -in any one
hour or 50°F in any 24 hour period.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 Type I or II, at the Subcon-
tractor 's option, of U.S. manufacture. Only one brand of
cement shall be used on the project. Temperature of
cement shall not be over 140 degrees F. when delivered to
the batching plant.
B. Fly Ash: Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618 Type C or F.
A fly ash quality assurance program report shall be sub-
mitted to the Engineer for approval. This report shall
present all of the chemical and physical properties of the
fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618 . In addition, a
history of successful use of fly ash concrete shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval. These items shall
be submitted with the proposed concrete mix design or the
mix design will be rejected. -
C. Aggregates:
1. Fine aggregate. ASTM C33 , clean and graded from 100
percent passing through the 3/8 inch sieve and zero
percent passing through the No. 100 sieve.
2 . Coarse aggregate. ASTM C33, clean and graded from 1/4
inch to maximum sizes hereinafter specified.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
00ft" 3 . Aggregates : Amount per cubic yard, type, supplier,
aggregate analysis and sieve analysis including
fineness modulus.
4 . Water: Amount per cubic yard.
5 . Admixtures : Amount per cubic yard, type, brand name,
supplier, certification of ASTM compliance, and
certification of chloride ion compliance.
6 . Compression strength and compression tests of past
usage of the submitted mix design.
7 . Water-cement ratio.
8 . Slump.
9 . Location in structure.
C. Product Data: Submit brand name, chemical composition,
manufacturer ' s recommendations and installation
instructions, and where applicable, certificates of
conformance with all specified requirements for the
following proposed products:
1. Curing Compound, Sealer and Dustproofer.
2 . Absorptive cover used for wet curing.
3 . Bonding Compound.
4 . Epoxy Adhesive.
5 . Non-shrink Grout.
C. Concrete test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.
D. Verification of allowable foundation bearing pressures
under every footing shall be submitted to the Engineer.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Requirements:
1 . Concrete shall not be mixed or placed when the temper-
ature is below 40 degrees F. or when conditions indi-
cate that the temperature will fall below 40 degrees
F. within 72 hours, without adequate protection as
approved by the Engineer.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1 .03 CODES AND STANDARDS. Except as modified by the requirements
specified herein and/or the details on the drawings, all work
included in this section shall conform to the applicable
provisions of the following codes and standards with their
latest revisions unless indicated otherwise.
A. Governing Local or State Building Code.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) :
1. "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
ACI 318-89 .
2 . "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Build-
ings" , ACI 301-89, and ACI SP-15 .
3 . "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" , ACI
302 .18-89 .
4 . "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
Concrete" , ACI 304R-89 .
5 . "Hot Weather Concreting" , ACI 305R-91.
6 . "Cold Weather Concreting" , ACI 306R-88 .
7 . "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete" , ACI 308-92 .
8 . "Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials" , ACI 117R-90 .
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) : The
specifications and standards hereinafter referred to,
latest editions.
1 .04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Unless indicated otherwise, make submittals in
accordance with the requirements of section 01300 of the
specifications .
B. Mix Design: Submit concrete mix design with project name
and address, including the following information:
1. Cement: Amount per cubic yard, type, brand name and
supplier.
2 . Flyash: Amount per cubic yard, type, supplier, a
history of successful use of flyash concrete, and
quality assurance program report.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
6 . Section 07210 : Building Insulation.
7 . Furnishing and placing of sleeves for mechanical and
electrical items.
1.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Except as specified otherwise herein, concrete shall be
batched, mixed, placed, tested, and cured in accordance
with the American Concrete Institute's "Specifications for
Structural Concrete for Buildings" ACI 301.
B. Subcontractor shall schedule his work and notify all
trades in ample time so that provision for their work can
be made without delaying the progress of the project.
C. It is the intention of the Drawings and Specifications to
produce concrete which will present an acceptable finished
appearance. Imperfections of material or workmanship
shall be corrected as the Engineer directs, at the Sub-
contractor ' s expense.
D. All of the work that is to be inserted in the forms for
attachment of other work is not described in detail.
Subcontractor shall carefully examine all drawings and
other sections of these specifications for the extent and
detail of all such work and coordinate this work with
other trades .
E. It will be the Subcontractor' s responsibility to insure
that all concrete surfaces are completely free of any
conditions which will adversely affect its finished ap-
pearance or the application of a specified finish.
F. Failure to comply with these requirements will require
removal of sufficiently large sections of the work, as
determined by the Architect and Engineer, in order to
properly integrate the section to be replaced with the
architectural and structural requirements of the total
project. All such removal and replacement shall be made
at the expense of the Subcontractor at no additional cost
to the Builder.
G. Do not commence placement of concrete until the concrete
mix design has been submitted and reviewed by the Engi-
neer.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Division 1, General Requirements, are hereby made a part of this
section as fully as if repeated herein.
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protec-
tion from damage of all materials.
B. Layout and coordination of work with other trades.
C. Work Included: Perform all work necessary and required to
complete the work of this section as indicated. Such work
includes but is not limited to the following:
1. Furnish and install all cast-in-place concrete as
indicated on the drawings and specified herein.
2 . Vapor Barrier.
3 . Finishing and curing.
4 . Joints.
5 . Curing Compound, Sealer and Dustproofer.
6 . Waterstops
7 . Non-shrink Grout.
D. Related Work in Other Sections: The following items of
associated work are included in other sections of these
specifications:
1. Section 02232 : Aggregate Base Course.
2 . Section 03100 : Concrete Formwork.
3 . Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement.
4 . Section 03310 : Concrete Slabs.
5 . Section 05500 : Miscellaneous Metal.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03300-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
., J. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with
other reinforcing steel, conduits or embedded items . If
bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to
exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of
bars shall be subject to acceptance by the Engineer.
K. Cleaning: Reinforcement, at time concrete is placed,
shall be free of all coatings that would impair bond to
concrete.
3 .02 NOTIFICATION. Subcontractor shall notify the Engineer ** AS
REQUIRED **, Building Department and Testing Laboratory at
least 48 hours ahead of each concrete pour, and no concrete
shall be placed until all reinforcing steel has been installed
by the Subcontractor and approved by the Engineer or Testing
Laboratory.
3 . 03 CORRECTION DURING CONCRETING. Capable steel workmen shall be
kept on the work at all times during the placing of concrete
and shall properly reset any reinforcement displaced by run-
ways, workmen, or other causes.
3 .04 DEFECTIVE WORK. The following reinforcing steel work will be
considered defective and may be ordered by the Engineer to be
removed and replaced by the Subcontractor at no additional
cost to the Builder.
A. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on Drawings .
B. Bars injured due to bending or straightening.
C. Bars heated for bending.
D. Reinforcement not placed in accordance with the Drawings
and/or Specifications .
+ + END OF SECTION 03200 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
G. Dowels: Dowels shall be tied securely in place before
concrete is deposited. In the event there are no bars in
position to which dowels may be tied, a #3 bar minimum
shall be added to provide proper support and anchorage.
Bending of dowels after placement of concrete will not be
permitted. Templates shall be furnished for all column and
pier dowels.
H. Protective Concrete Covering: Except where indicated
otherwise on drawings, the minimum concrete coverage for
steel reinforcement shall be as follows:
1 . Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to
earth: 3 inches
2 . Formed concrete exposed to weather or earth: 1-1/2
inches for bars No. 5 and smaller, and 2 inches for
bars over No. 5 in size.
3 . Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with
ground:
a. Slabs, walls, joists: 3/4 inches for bars No. 11
and smaller and 1-1/2 inches for bars over No. 11
in size.
b. Beams, columns: Primary reinforcement, ties, stir-
rups, spiral : 1-1/2 inches
I. Placing Tolerances: Bars shall be placed to the following
tolerances:
1. Clear distance to formed surfaces: ± 1/4 inches
2 . Minimum spacing between bars:_ 1/4 inch
3 . Top bars in slabs and beams:
a. Members 8 inches deep or less: ± 1/4 inch
b. Members more than 8 inches but not over 2 feet
deep: ± 1/2 inches
c. Members more than 2 feet deep: ± 1 inch
4 . Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within 2 inches.
5. Lengthwide of members . ± 2 inches
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
C. Placing and Tying: All reinforcing shall be set in place,
spaced, and rigidly and securely tied or wired with 16
gauge steel tie wire at all splices and at sufficient
points to hold the reinforcing in its proper position.
Rebending of bars on the job to fit existing conditions
will not be permitted without the written approval of the
Engineer. Point ends of wire ties away from forms.
D. Spacing: Minimum center to center distance between paral-
lel bars shall be in accordance with the details on the
drawings or, where not indicated, the clear spacing shall
be 2 times the bar diameter but in no case less than 1-1/2
inches nor less than 1-1/3 times the maximum size aggre-
gate.
E. Splices:
1 . Laps of splices, where indicated on the drawings,
shall be adequate to transfer stress by bond.
2 . Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, lap bars
according to ACI 318, Class B. Lap bars in masonry in
accord with ACI 530, with a minimum of 48 diameters .
3 . Wherever possible, splices of adjacent bars shall be
staggered.
4 . All splices not indicated shall be subject to accep-
tance by the Engineer.
5 . Mechanical connections for reinforcing bars may be
used subject to acceptance by the Engineer.
6 . Welded wire fabric shall be overlapped wherever suc-
cessive mats are continuous in such a way that the
overlap measured between outermost cross wires of each
fabric sheet is not less than the spacing of the cross
wires plus 2 inches.
F. Welded Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall be in as long
lengths as practicable and shall be wired at all laps and
splices. End laps shall be off-set in adjacent widths.
Welded wire fabric shall be supported with approved slab
bolsters and as required for reinforcing steel.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
F. Welding: Welding of reinforced steel shall not be permit-
ted. Welding of crossing bars (tack welding) shall not be
permitted.
2 .02 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication of steel reinforcement shall be in accordance
with the details indicated on the drawings and reviewed
shop drawings. Where specific details are not indicated,
comply with the applicable requirements of the "Codes and
Standards" hereinbefore specified.
B. Bars shall be accurately bent, cut, and placed as indi-
cated. Bars shall be bent cold; heating of bars will not
be permitted. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in
any manner that will injure the material.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated at point of
minimum stress .
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 PLACING
A. General: Reinforcing steel shall be placed in accordance
with the drawings and reviewed shop drawings and the
applicable requirements of the "Codes and Standards"
hereinbefore specified. Install reinforcement accurately
and secure against movement, particularly under the weight
of workmen and the placement of concrete.
B. Reinforcing Supports: Bars shall be supported on metal
chairs or spacers on metal hangers, accurately placed and
securely fastened to hold reinforcement in place. Addi-
tional bars shall be supplied whether specifically indi-
cated on the drawings or not where necessary to securely
fasten reinforcement in place. Support legs of accessories
in forms without embedding in form surface. Spacing of
chairs and accessories shall conform with CRSI'S "Manual
of Standard Practice" . Hooping and stirrups shall be
accurately spaced and wired to the reinforcing. No wood
will be permitted inside forms . Where the concrete surface
will be exposed to the weather in the finished structure,
the portions of all accessories within 1/2 inch of the
concrete surface shall be noncorrosive or protected
against corrosion.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
B. NO REPRODUCTION OF FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. ENGINEERING
DRAWINGS SHALL BE ACCEPTED AS SUBCONTRACTOR OR VENDOR SHOP
DRAWINGS. THIS TYPE OF SUBMITTAL WILL BE IMMEDIATELY
REJECTED.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING. Steel reinforcement shall be transported to
the building site and stored in a manner which will insure
that no damage shall occur to it from dirt, grease, or any
other cause that might impair bond to concrete. Use necessary
precautions to maintain identification after bundles are
broken.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: Reinforcing bars shall be new, deformed
billet steel bars, conforming to ASTM A615 .
1. Reinforcing steel shall be the grade as indicated on
the drawings.
a. Grade 40 shall have a minimum yield strength of
40, 000 psi. Grade 60 shall have a minimum yield
strength of 60, 000 psi.
B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: New, rectangular welded steel
wire fabric, conforming to ASTM A185 plain type; in flat
sheets. Gauge and center-to-center spacing shall be as
indicated on the drawings.
C. Identification: Reinforcing steel shall be bundled and
tagged with grades and suitable identification marks for
checking, sorting, and placing. Tags and markings shall be
waterproof and shall not be removed until steel is placed.
D. Accessories : Reinforcement accessories, consisting of
spacers, chairs, ties, and similar items shall be provided
as required for spacing, assembling, and supporting rein-
forcement in place. All accessories shall be galvanized
steel or approved plastic accessories, conforming to the
applicable requirements of the CRSI Standards hereinbefore
specified.
E. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall be 16 gauge or
heavier, where noted or specified, black annealed steel
wire.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
1 . "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building-
s" , ACI 301-89 .
2 . "ACI Detailing Manual - 1988" ACI 315, SP-66 (88) .
3 . "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" ,
ACI 318-89 .
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly
trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who
are completely familiar with the specified requirements
and the methods needed for proper performance of the work
of this section.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with Sec-
tion 01300 and shall include the following:
1. Fully detailed shop drawings, including laps, bending
schedules, and bending diagrams, shall be submitted to
the Engineer for review. Shop drawings shall show
placing details and size and location of all reinforc-
ing steel.
AOXW-
2 . Shop drawings shall be of such detail and completeness
that all fabrication and placement at the site can be
accomplished without the use of project drawings for
reference. Reinforcing steel shop drawings shall in-
clude number of pieces, sizes, and markings of rein-
forcing steel, accessories, and any other information
required for fabrication and placement.
3 . Subcontractor shall check architectural, structural,
mechanical, and electrical drawings for anchor bolt
schedules and locations, anchors, inserts, conduits,
sleeves, and any other items which are required to be
cast in concrete, and shall make necessary provisions
as required so that reinforcing steel will not inter-
fere with the placement of such embedded items.
4 . Reinforcing steel shall not be fabricated or placed
before the shop drawings have been reviewed by the
Engineer and returned to the Subcontractor. Review of
shop drawings by the Engineer will not relieve the
Subcontractor of responsibility for errors or for
failure in accuracy and complete placing of the work.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Division 1, General Requirements, are hereby made a part of this
section as fully as if repeated herein.
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: Perform all work necessary and required to
complete the work of this section as indicated. Such work
includes but is not limited to the following:
1. Furnish and install all reinforcing steel for cast-in-
place concrete work including dowels as indicated on
the drawings and specified herein.
B. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protec-
tion from damage of all materials.
C. Layout and coordination of work with other trades.
D. Related Work in Other Sections: The following items of
associated work are included in other sections of these
specifications .
1. Section 03100 : Concrete Formwork.
2 . Section 03300 : Cast-In-Place Concrete.
3 . Section 04150 : Masonry Accessories.
4 . Section 05500 : Miscellaneous Metal.
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS. Except as modified by the requirements
specified herein and/or the details on the drawings, all work
included in this section shall conform to the applicable
provisions of the following codes and standards with their
latest revisions unless indicated otherwise.
A. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) :
1. CRSI-90 "Manual of Standard Practice" .
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03200-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
D. In removing plywood forms, no metal pinch bars shall be
used and special care shall be taken in stripping. Start
at top edge or vertical corner where it is possible to
insert wooden wedges. Wedging shall be done gradually and
shall be accompanied by light tapping on the plywood
panels to crack them loose. Do not remove forms with a
single jerk after it has been started at one end.
E. Forms shall be left in place as long as possible to permit
shrinkage away from concrete.
F. Nothing herein shall be construed as relieving the Form-
work Subcontractor of any responsibility for the safety of
the structure.
G. After stripping, Subcontractor shall properly protect all
concrete to be exposed in the finish work from damage to
prevent spalled edges, chips, etc.
+ + END OF SECTION 03100 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-9
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
concrete to permit proper arrangements to be made for
inspection.
R. Rejection of Defective Work Due To Improper Forms: Any
movement or bellying of forms during construction or
variations in excess of the tolerances specified will be
considered just cause for the removal of such forms and,
in addition, the concrete work so affected. Reconstruc-
tion of forms and new concrete shall be furnished at no
additional cost to the Owner.
3 .02 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORES
A. The supporting forms shall not be removed until the mem-
bers have acquired sufficient strength to support their
weight and the loads superimposed thereon safely. In no
case may any forms be removed until the time and sequence _
has been approved by the engineer. Earlier removal than
specified below may be approved by the Engineer, based on
the weather and tests of job-cured cylinders. All form-
work shall be removed without damage to the concrete.
B. The minimum time for forms to remain in place shall be as
follows:
1 . Walls, columns, piers, and beam sides: 48 hours.
2 . Slabs on grade and sides of footings: 24 hours.
These time periods represent cumulative numbers of
hours, not necessarily consecutive, during which the
temperature of the air surrounding the concrete is
above 500F.
Any request for earlier removal of forms and shoring
shall be made to the Engineer in writing, along with
supporting evidence that the safety of the structure
will not be impaired. Subcontractor shall prepare
test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 and have
compression tests performed in accordance with ASTM
C39, at his own expense, as supporting evidence for
earlier form removal, if required by the Engineer.
C. During the period that forms are in place on the concrete
work, said forms shall be kept wet at all times .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-8
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
be held responsible for proper coordination of all work of
this nature in order that there will be no unnecessary
cutting and patching of concrete. Any cutting and repair-
ing to concrete required as result of failure to provide
for such openings shall be paid for by the Subcontractor
at no additional expense to the Builder.
K. Screeds: Subcontractor shall set screeds on supports so
spaced as to be rigid under the weight of a man and estab-
lish levels for tops of concrete slabs and leveling for
finish on slabs. Screeds shall be pipe or metal. Wet
screeds will not be allowed. Shape slabs to drain where
required or as indicated on Drawings . Before depositing
concrete, all debris shall be removed from the space to be
occupied by the concrete, and forms shall be thoroughly
wetted. Reinforcement and inserts shall be secured in
position and approved by the Engineer. Free-standing
water shall be removed.
L. Screed set for thin slabs on steel floor form shall run
parallel to the girder beams and be supported on the steel
joists at the quarter points of each span as applicable.
M. Straight edges shall be checked with a taut line regularly
and spares shall be available in case any bowing becomes
evident.
N. Care shall be excercised that no weight be placed on the
straight edge and that it will always be cleaned and laid
flat when not in use.
0. Screed Supports : Screed supports for concrete over vapor-
barrier membranes shall be of a cradle, pad, or base type
which will not puncture the membrane. Staking through the
membrane will not be permitted.
P. Reuse and Coating of Forms: Thoroughly clean forms and
recoat with specified form coating before each reuse. Do
not reuse any form for exposed work which cannot be recon-
ditioned to "like new" condition. Discard forms consid-
ered unsatisfactory by the Engineer. Apply form coating
to all forms in accordance with the manufacturer's speci-
fications. Apply form coatings before placing reinforcing
steel.
Q. Inspection: Prior to placing of any concrete, and after
placement of reinforcing steel in the forms, Subcontractor
shall notify the Engineer and the Testing Laboratory so
that proper inspection may be made. Such notification
shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of placing
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
Inner rods shall be left in concrete when forms are
stripped. All form ties used in exposed concrete shall be
spaced equidistant, and symmetrical, and shall line up
both vertically and horizontally.
F. Cleanouts and Access Panels: Provide removable cleanout
sections or access panels at the bottom of all forms to
permit inspection and effective cleaning of loose dirt,
debris, and waste material. All forms and surfaces to
receive concrete shall be cleaned of all chips, sawdust,
and other debris and shall be thoroughly blown out with
compressed air just before concrete is placed.
G. Arrangment: Arrange formwork to allow proper erection
sequence and to permit form removal without damage to
concrete.
H. Construction Joints: Construction joints shall be formed
as specified in Section entitled "Cast-In-Place Concrete" ,
Paragraph 3 .04 . Provide a surfaced pouring strip where
construction joints intersect exposed surfaces to provide
straight line at joints . Just prior to subsequent pour,
remove strip and tighten forms to conceal shrinkage.
Construction shall show no overlapping of concrete and
shall, as closely as possible, present the same appearance
as butted plywood joints. Joints in a continuous line
shall be straight, true and sharp.
I. Embedded Items: Provisions shall be made for pipes,
sleeves, anchors, inserts, reglets, anchor slots, nailers,
waterstops, and other features. No wood other than neces-
sary nailing blocks shall be embedded in concrete. Com-
plete cooperation shall be extended suppliers of embedded
items in their installation. Secure information for embed-
ded items from other trades as required. All embedded
items shall be securely anchored in correct location and
alignment prior to placing concrete. Electrical and
telephone conduits shall be run in concrete only upon the
written approval of the Engineer. Under no circumstances
will aluminum conduit be permitted in concrete. No elec-
trical or telephone conduit larger than 3/4 inch in diame-
ter and no plumbing pipes of any size will be permitted in
concrete walls or slabs.
J. Openings for Items Passing Through Concrete: Frame open-
ings in concrete where indicated on architectural, struc-
tural, plumbing, mechanical, or electrical drawings.
Subcontractor shall establish exact locations, sizes, and
other conditions required for openings and attachment of
work specified under other sections. Subcontractor shall
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
c . Thickness :
Decrease in specified thickness - 5 percent
Increase in specified thickness - no limit
7 . Variation in steps:
a. In a flight of stairs:
Rise ± 1/8 inch
Tread ± 1/4 inch
b. In consecutive steps:
Rise ± 1/16 inch
Tread ± 1/8 inch
8 . Anchor Bolt Installation
a. 1/8 inch center to center of any two bolts within
an anchor bolt group, where an anchor bolt group
is defined as the set of anchor bolts which re-
ceive a single fabricated steel shipping piece.
b. 1/4 inch center to center adjacent anchor bolt
groups .
c. Maximum accumulation of 1/4 inch per hundred feet
along the established column line of multiple
anchor bolt groups, but not to exceed a total of 1
inch, where the established column line is the
actual field line most representative of the cen-
ters of the as-built anchor bolt groups along a
line of columns.
d. 1/4 inch from the center of any anchor bolt group
to the established column line through that group.
e. The tolerances of paragraphs b, c and d apply to
offset dimensions shown on the plans, measured
parallel and perpendicular to the nearest estab-
lished column line for individual columns shown on
the plans to be offset from established column
lines.
E. Form Ties: Form ties shall be of sufficient strength and
used in sufficient quantities to prevent spreading of the
forms. Ties shall be placed at least 1 inch away from
the finished surface of the concrete. The use of ties
consisting of twisted wire loops will not be permitted.
l
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
In any 10 ft of length 1/4 inch
Maximum for the entire length 1 inch
b. For exposed corners, columns, control-joint
grooves, and other conspicuous lines:
In any 20 ft length 1/4 inch
Maximum for the entire length 1/2 inch
2 . Variation from the level or from the grades specified
in the contract documents:
a. Walls to receive insulated wall panels:
In any 10 ft. length 3/16 inch
For the entire length 1/2 inch
Maximum deviation from
established elevation 1/4 inch
3 . Variation of the linear building lines from estab-
lished position in plan and related position of col-
umns, piers, walls, and partitions:
In any bay 1/2 inch
In any 20 ft of length 1/2 inch
Maximum for the entire length 1 inch
4 . Variation in the size and location of sleeves, floor
openings, and wall openings ± 1/4 inch
5 . Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns,
piers, and beams and in the thickness of slabs and
walls:
Minus 1/4 inch
Plus 1/2 inch
6 . Footings .
a. Variations in dimensions in plan:
Minus 1/2 inch
Plus 2 inches
b. Misplacement or eccentricity:
2 percent of the footing width in the direction of
misplacement but not more than 2 inches.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
04"`` E. Form Coating: Non-grain raising and non-staining type
that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete
or adversely affect proper bonding of subsequent applica-
tion of other material applied to concrete surface.
Coatings containing mineral oils or other non-drying
ingredients will not be permitted. Acceptable manufac-
turers: The Burke Company, The Euclid Chemical Company,
Sonneborn Building Products or approved equal.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 CONSTRUCTION OF FORMS
A. Formwork - General: Forms shall be constructed of sound
material, shall be of the correct shape and dimensions,
mortar tight, of sufficient strength, and so braced and
tied together that the movement of men, equipment, materi-
als, or placing and vibrating the concrete will not throw
them out of line or position. Forms shall be strong
enough to maintain their exact shape under all imposed
loads. Camber where necessary to assure level finished
soffits. Forms shall be so constructed that they may be
easily removed without damage to the concrete. Before
concrete is placed in any form, the horizontal and verti-
cal position of the form shall be carefully verified and
all inaccuracies corrected. All wedging and bracing shall
be completed in advance of placing of concrete.
B. 3/4" x 3/4" chamfer strips shall be placed in the corners
of the forms to produce beveled edges on permanently
exposed surfaces.
C. Framing and Bracing: Framing, bracing, supporting mem-
bers, and centering shall be of ample size and strength to
safely carry, without deflection, all dead and live loads
to which forms may be subjected, and shall be spaced
sufficiently close to prevent any bulging or sagging of
forms. Distribute bracing loads over base area on which
bracing is erected. When placed on ground, protect
against undermining or settlement.
D. Tolerances:
1. Variation from plumb:
a. In lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls,
and in arrises:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The latest editions of the American Concrete Institute 's
"Guide to Formwork for Concrete" , ACI 347R-88, and the
Governing or Local State Building Code, are hereby made a
direct part of this specification, and all concrete form-
work included in this contract shall conform with the
applicable requirements therein except as specified other-
wise herein.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly
trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who
are completely familiar with the specified requirements
and the methods needed for proper performance of the work
of this section.
B. Design of formwork is the formwork subcontractor ' s respon-
sibility. Calculation of the formwork design shall be
submitted when requested by the Engineer.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Plywood: Plywood forms when used for concrete work.
Plywood shall conform to the U.S. Product Standard PS 1-83
for "B-B Plyform" Class I or II APA and shall be a minimum
of 5/8 inch thick.
B. Control Joints: Standard metal keyed dividers for cold
joints, subject to approval of the Engineer.
C. Form Ties and Spreaders: Standard metal form clamp assem-
bly, of type acting as spreaders and leaving no metal
within 1 inch of concrete face. Inner tie rod shall be
left in concrete when forms are removed. Submit samples
and manufacturer' s specifications to the Engineer for
approval before using. No wire ties or wood spreaders
will be permitted.
D. Form Anchors and Hangers: Anchors and hangers used for
exposed concrete shall not leave exposed metal at surface.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
Division 1, General Requirements, are hereby made a part of this
section as fully as if repeated herein.
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: Perform all concrete formwork necessary
and required for the construction of the project as indi-
cated. Such work shall include, but is not necessarily
limited to, the furnishing and installing of forms for all
cast-in-place concrete work as indicated on the drawings
and specified herein, including removal of forms at com-
pletion of concrete work. Shop drawings preparation and
submittal to the Engineer for review in accordance with
Section 01300 . Upon review from the Engineer, it is
Subcontractor' s responsibility to obtain and pay for any
and all local and/or state approvals including necessary
permits.
B. Receipt, unloading, handling, proper storage and protec-
tion from damage of all materials.
C. Layout and coordination of work with other trades .
D. Related Work in Other Sections: The following items of
associated work are included in other sections of these
specifications:
1. Section 02210 : Earthwork and Grading.
2 . Section 03200 : Concrete Reinforcement.
3 . Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
4 . Section 05500 : Miscellaneous Metal.
5 . Section 07210: Building Insulation.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 03100-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONCRETE FORMWORK
updated submittal within ten days after acceptance,
listing date of acceptance as start of warranty
period.
D. Submit warranties, bond, service, and maintenance con-
tracts specified in respective specifications sections .
+ + END OF SECTION 01740 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01740-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
04011, c. Scope.
d. Date of beginning of warranty, bond, or service
maintenance contract .
e. Duration of warranty, bond, or service maintenance
contract .
f. Provide information for Owner' s personnel :
1) Proper procedure in case of failure.
2) Instances affecting validity of warranty or
bond.
g. Subcontractor, name of responsible principal,
address, and telephone number.
B. Form:
1 . Prepare in quadruplicate packets.
2 . Format :
a. Size: 8-1/2" by 11" ; punch sheets for standard
three-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into
binders .
b. Binders : Commercial quality, three-ring, with
durable and cleanable plastic covers.
c. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed
title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS" . List :
1) Title of Project.
2) Name of Subcontractor.
C. Time :
1 . Submit documents within ten days after inspection and
acceptance from equipment or component parts supplier,
installer, or manufacturer put into service during
construction progress.
2 . Make submittals with Operation and Maintenance Manuals
no later than the Date of Substantial Completion.
3 . Items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially
beyond Date of Substantial Completion: Provide
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01740-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
SECTION 01740
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
1. 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Subcontractor's requirements :
1 . Compile specified warranties and bonds . This does not
include the standard one year warranty but includes
all warranties in excess of one year.
2 . Compile specified service and maintenance contracts .
3 . Co-execute submittals when specified.
4 . Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract
Documents .
5 . Submit to Facility Constructors Inc. for review and
transmittal to Owner.
B. Related sections :
1 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout .
2 . Each respective section of specifications listing
Warranties or Bonds required for specific products .
1 . 02 SUBCONTRACTOR' S SUBMITTALS
A. Requirements :
1. Assemble warranties, bonds, and service and mainte-
nance contracts.
2 . Number or original signed copies required: Four each.
3 . Table of contents : Type neatly in orderly sequence.
Provide complete information for each item.
a. Product or work item.
b. Firm name, principal name, address, and telephone
number.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01740-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
00*11 2 . Changes made by Change Order or Request for
Information Response.
1 . 05 SUBMITTAL
A. At Contract closeout, Subcontractor shall deliver Record
Documents to Facility Constructors Inc.
B. Subcontractor shall accompany submittal with transmittal
letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date.
2 . Project title and number.
3 . Subcontractor' s name and address.
4 . Title and number of each Record Document .
5 . Signature of Subcontractor or his authorized repre-
sentative.
+ + END OF SECTION 01720 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01720-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
C. Subcontractor shall maintain documents in clean, dry,
legible condition, and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes .
D. Subcontractor shall make documents and samples available
at all times for inspection by Facility Constructors Inc.
1 . 03 MARKING DEVICES
A. Subcontractor shall provide felt tip marking pens for
recording information in color code designated by Facility
Constructors Inc.
1. 04 RECORDING
A. Subcontractor shall label each document "PROJECT RECORD"
in neat large printed letters .
B. Subcontractor shall record information concurrently with
construction progress . Concealing any Work until required
information is recorded is prohibited.
C. Drawings : Subcontractor shall legibly mark to record
actual construction:
1 . Depths of various elements of foundation in relation
to finish first floor datum.
2 . Horizontal and vertical locations of underground
utilities and appurtenances; reference to permanent
surface improvements.
3 . Location of internal utilities and appurtenances
concealed in construction; reference to visible and
accessible features of structure.
4 . Field changes of dimension and detail .
5 . Changes made by Change Order or Request for
Information Response.
6 . Details not on original contract drawings .
D. Specifications and Bulletins; Subcontractor shall legibly
mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier
of each product and item of equipment actually in-
stalled.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01720-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
1 . 00 GENERAL
1. 01 SUMMARY
A. Subcontractor shall maintain at site one record copy of :
1 . Drawings.
2 . Specifications.
3 . Bulletins.
4 . Change Orders and other Modifications to Contract .
5 . Facility Constructors Inc. Request for Information
Responses or written instructions .
6 . Approved shop drawings, product data and samples .
7 . Field test records .
000ft"
8 . Construction photographs .
B. Related sections :
1 . Section 01300 : Submittals .
2 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout .
1 . 02 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES MAINTENANCE
A. Subcontractor shall store documents and samples in Subcon-
tractor' s field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents .
2 . Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for
storage of samples .
B. Subcontractor shall file documents and samples in accord
with CSI format .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01720-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
3 . Replace, patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to match
adjacent finishes . Replace materials which cannot be
repaired or patched.
4 . Clean disturbed areas of Project site of debris :
a. Broom clean paved surfaces. Remove oil and
similar deleterious substances in manner not to
damage substrates.
b. Remove debris from grassed and landscaped areas
and disturbed areas.
5 . Install new clean sets of HVAC system filters or
thoroughly clean washable types just prior to Date of
Substantial Completion; clean HVAC equipment ducts,
blowers, and coils to fully remove construction type
dust and debris from system components .
6 . Thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures .
7 . Replace used lamps and lights. Replace ballasts as
required to receive new warranty. Completely clean
lighting fixtures to like new condition.
+ + END OF SECTION 01705 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01705-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94168 CLEANING UP
3 . Provide covered, on-site containers for waste collec-
tion. Place all waste materials and rubbish in
containers in an expeditious manner to prevent accumu-
lation. Remove waste from Project site when contain-
ers become full .
4 . Legally dispose of all waste materials, rubbish,
volatile materials, and cleaning materials off Project
site.
5 . Clean and maintain interior spaces prior to start of
finish painting in a "broom clean" state until Date of
Substantial Completion. Protect newly finished and
clean surfaces from contamination during cleaning
operations .
6 . Accumulation of debris contributing to survival or
spread of rodents, roaches, or other pests is prohib-
ited.
a. Remove debris containing food scraps on a daily
basis .
b. Subcontractor shall be responsible for securing
services of pest exterminator at no additional
cost .
7 . Disposal of materials in waterways is prohibited.
B . Graffiti or other similar distasteful comments or
illustrations authored on any building materials used
on Project is prohibited. Monitor Project for viola-
tions of this criteria, and, if found, take appropri-
ate action immediately to cover or replace defaced
materials as necessary.
C. Subcontractor' s final cleaning:
1 . Clean all finished surfaces in accord with manufac-
turer' s product data and requirements specified in
sections just prior to Date of Substantial Completion.
Perform all general and specific cleaning prior to
request for Project or portion thereof to be inspected
for Substantial Completion.
2 . Remove dust, debris, oils, stains, fingerprints, and
labels from exposed interior and exterior finish
surfaces, including glazing materials.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01705-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94168 CLEANING UP
SECTION 01705
CLEANING UP
1 . 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Subcontractor' s safety requirements :
1 . Store volatile and toxic waste in covered metal
containers. Remove from Project site daily. Provide
adequate ventilation during use of volatile or toxic
substances.
2 . Prohibited practices :
a. Allowing volatile or toxic wastes to accumulate on
Project site.
b. Burning or burying of waste materials or rubbish
on Project site unless required permits are
obtained.
C. Disposal of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sani-
tary drains, on pavements, in gutters or down-
spouts, or on Project site.
d. Disposal of waste or cleaning materials which
contain materials harmful to plant growth on
Project site.
3 . Clean up accidentally spilled materials as quickly as
possible.
B. Subcontractor' s clean-up during construction:
1 . Execute cleaning procedures to ensure that building,
Project site, and adjacent properties are maintained
free from debris and rubbish.
2 . Wet down materials subject to blowing. Throwing waste
materials from heights is prohibited.
Yook
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01705-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94168 CLEANING UP
G. Specifications Division 2 through 16 may specify
additional requirements for closeout .
1. Manufacturer' s special or extended warranties shall be
submitted to the Contractor as part of the Operation
and Maintenance Manuals.
2 . Attic stock, spare parts, keys or tools shall be
turned over to the Owner through the Contractor with
documentation signed by Subcontractor, Contractor and
owner.
3 . Subcontractor shall furnish certificates to Contractor
from manufacturers as required by the specifications .
This would include roofing manufacturer' s acceptance
of roofing installation and materials, underwriters
acceptance of fire protection system, etc .
4 . Any other specific closeout requirements required by
the specifications.
H. The above requirements shall be completed before final
payment shall be due.
+ + END OF SECTION 01700 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01700-4
PROJECT NO. cc-94186 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
maintenance of equipment and systems provided as part of
their work. Documentation that includes Owner
acknowledgement shall be provided by subcontractor to
Contractor showing Owner training was conducted - three
(3) copies of documentation shall be submitted. The
following shall be included as well as any other required
training in the specifications .
1. Exterior lighting systems.
2 . Electrically operated doors.
3 . Dock equipment .
4 . HVAC systems .
5 . Electrical lighting and power systems, including fire
alarm system.
6 . Fire protection system.
7 . Refrigeration system.
Other training shall occur no later than substantial
completion.
F. Final Accounting: The following final accounting
documents must be received to process the final payment
application.
1 . Final application for payment .
2 . Conditional waiver and release by Subcontractor.
3 . Subcontractor affidavit.
4 . Schedule of amounts paid and unpaid to vendors with
affidavit .
5 . Certificate re sale and/or use taxes.
6 . Final waivers and release by firms retained by
Subcontractor.
7 . Consent of Surety to final payment .
8 . Substantial completion agreement form.
Final accounting documents should be submitted within 5
days after final completion.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01700-3
PROJECT NO. cc-94186 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
B. Punch Lists : List of incomplete work or corrective work
required shall be generated by the Contractor on behalf of
the Owner, Architect or Engineer. Contractor will
distribute punch lists to all subcontractors for
completion. Punchlist corrective work must be accepted by
Owner, Architect or Engineer, and Contractor.
Subcontractor shall submit his punchlist with
signature/initials from all parties accepting their work.
C. Final Record Drawings : Subcontractor shall submit one (1)
set of redlined blueprints showing actual installation of
work where installation varies from the work as shown on
the construction documents. Particular attention should
be given to include concealed elements that have changed.
Drawing changes should be accurately dimensioned in
accordance with Specification Section 01720, Project
Record Documents. Shop drawings that are used as a final
drawing should reference a construction drawing. Final
record drawings shall be submitted within two weeks after
substantial completion.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals : Subcontractor shall
submit loose-leaf manuals punched for 3-ring binders with
an index. Subcontractor shall label all manuals with the
name of the project, the nature of the information and the
subcontractor' s name, address and telephone number. The
following should be included in the manuals:
1. Operation and maintenance instructions.
2 . Safety and emergency instructions.
3 . Vendor drawings, charts or schematics .
4 . Special warranties or certificates .
5 . Parts lists, schedules .
6 . Name, address and telephone number of local parts
supplier and service group.
Any item larger than an 8-1/2" x 11" sheet shall be
punched and folded for a 3-ring binder or shall be
enclosed in a 3-ring binder folder/pocket . Four (4)
sets of the above materials shall be provided to
Contractor prior to Owner training.
E. Owner Training: Subcontractor shall arrange, through the
Contractor, demonstrations, trial runs, start-up and
instructions to Owner' s personnel on the operation and
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01700-2
PROJECT NO. cc-94186 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1. 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies administrative and procedural
requirements for contract closeout, including but not
limited to:
1 . Inspection Reports.
2 . Punchlist Work.
3 . Final Record Drawings.
4 . Operation and Maintenance Manuals .
5 . Owner Training.
6 . Final Accounting.
7 . Closeout requirements for specific construction
activities are included in the appropriate sections in
Divisions 2 through 17, including special warranties
and attic stock.
B. Related Sections :
1 . Section 01720 : Project Record Documents.
2 . Section 01740 : Warranties and Bonds.
1 . 02 DETAIL REQUIREMENTS
A. Inspection Reports: Subcontractor shall submit certifi-
cates from applicable governing authorities indicating
construction has been inspected as required by laws or
ordinances pertaining to the occupancy of the building.
Three (3) copies shall be submitted.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01700-1
PROJECT NO. cc-94186 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
B. Subcontractor' s inability to obtain specified items due to
Subcontractor' s failure to place timely orders will not be
considered reason for authorizing substitutions.
+ + END OF SECTION 01630 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01630-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
B. Include on requests for substitution:
1 . Technical data.
2 . Manufacturer' s dated product data describing installa-
tion, use, and care, as applicable, of proposed
substitution.
3 . Complete cost data, indicate; material cost, installed
cost, and savings, if any, resulting from proposed
substitution.
4 . Statement from proposed manufacturers indicating
products, materials, or assemblies in substitution do
not contain asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)
in any form.
C. Determination as to acceptability of proposed substitutions
will be based on data submitted only.
D. Appropriate modification will be issued within two (2) weeks
after submittal, if proposed substitution is acceptable by
Facility Engineers Inc . and Facility Constructors Inc.
Subcontractor shall be responsible for furnishing materials
and products in accord with Contract Documents at no change
in price, unless requests for substitutions are received and
approved as described above.
E. If substituted product or equipment requires any redesign of
structure, foundation, piping, wiring, or other items, such
redesign, including new drawings or details shall be
prepared by the Subcontractor at his expense and submitted
to Facility Engineers Inc. for review. Any additional
required engineering performed by Facility Engineers Inc.
due to substitution shall be paid by requesting Subcon-
tractor.
F. If the substituted product affects other work in the project
and requires changes in that work as shown on the contract
documents, the Subcontractor requesting the substitution
shall pay for the required changes .
1 . 03 TIME SUBSTITUTION
A. In event specified items cannot be delivered to Project and
incorporated into Work at such times and in such quantities
as to cause no delay, then Subcontractor may request
substitution in manner described above. Should accepted
substitution provide cost savings, Subcontract price will be
adjusted by Change Order.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01630-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
SECTION 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1 . 00 GENERAL
1. 01 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Products are specified by reference standards, by manufac-
turer' s name and model number, or trade name.
1. When specified only by reference standard, Subcontractor
may select any product meeting this standard by any
manufacturer.
2 . When several products or manufacturers are specified as
being equally acceptable, Subcontractor has option of
choosing among those named.
3 . When proprietary products are specified, substitutions
will be allowed only by substitution provisions
specified.
B. If it is desired to use products different from those
indicated in Contract Documents, make written application by
party requesting substitution as described. Burden of
proving equality of proposed substitutions rests on party
making request for substitution.
1 . 02 SUBCONTRACTOR' S PROCEDURE
A. General :
1 . Make requests for substitution as single submittal,
prior to Subcontract execution. Base contract sum on
products and systems specified in Contract Documents
only.
2 . Facility Engineers Inc. will consider reports from
independent testing laboratories, verified experience
records from previous users, and other printed or
written information valid in the circumstances .
3 . Indicate in what respects proposed materials or products
differ from those specified.
4 . Substitution requests after Subcontract execution will
not be reviewed.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01630-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
7 . Finished surfaces : Match color and texture of samples
provided by Facility Engineers Inc.
8 . Protection:
a. Subcontractor shall protect finished surfaces from
damage and soiling during application, drying or
curing, as applicable .
b. Subcontractor shall provide temporary protective
coverings or barriers as required.
+ + END OF SECTION 01615 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01615-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
000_ 4 . Subcontractor shall handle flammable or hazardous
materials :
a. Store minimum quantities in protected areas.
b. Provide appropriate type fire extinguishers near
storage areas .
C. Observe manufacturer's precautions and applicable
ordinances and regulations.
d. Provide product data to Facility Constructors Inc.
and conduct safety instructions as required by
O.S.H.A.
S . Subcontractor shall comply with each manufacturer' s
instructions and recommendations for products storage
and handling.
D. Handling: Subcontractor shall handle materials and
equipment to prevent damage, deterioration, or contamina-
tion. Installation of physically damaged or stained
materials prior to installation is prohibited.
E. Subcontractor' s inspection and installation:
1 . Comply with manufacturer' s product data in all aspects
of basic material usage, handling, installation and
substrate preparation, except where more stringent
requirements are specified.
2 . Be responsible for verifying and obtaining proper
substrate conditions, tolerances, and material align-
ments to receive applied or attached materials and
construction.
3 . Provide substrates sound, clean, dry, and free of
imperfections or conditions detrimental to reception
of applied materials.
4 . Align material to give smooth, uniform surface planes
within specified tolerances and straight, plumb
surfaces.
5 . Inspect substrates prior to installation of applied
materials. Correct unacceptable conditions prior to
proceeding with Work.
6 . Provide finished surfaces clean, uniform, and free of
damages, soiling, or defects in material and finish.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01615-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
SECTION 01615
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1. 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Requirements of this section are general in nature. Refer
to individual specification sections for additional,
specific requirements .
B. Delivery:
1 . Subcontractor shall deliver manufactured products to
project site in manufacturer' s original packaging with
labels and seals intact. Labels shall indicate
manufacturer and product name, description, mixing and
application instructions, and fire-resistive clas-
sifications as applicable:
2 . Subcontractor shall inspect materials upon delivery to
ensure proper material, color, type and quantity.
3 . Subcontractor shall deliver finish materials only
after spaces are enclosed and adequate indoor storage
facilities are available. Subcontractor shall deliver
items such as millwork only after spaces approximate
completed environmental conditions .
C. Storage:
1. Subcontractor shall store materials and equipment
under cover, off ground at least 611 ; protect from
excessive heat and freezing, except for materials not
subject to damage or deterioration by contact with
environmental conditions. Subcontractor shall observe
manufacturer' s recommendations for positioning,
separation and ventilation, as applicable.
2 . Subcontractor shall prevent corrosion, soiling,
breakage of materials, or contact with deleterious
materials.
3 . Subcontractor shall store and handle products subject
to spillage in areas where spills will not deface
finished surfaces or other Work.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01615-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1 . Initially install as much permanent storm drainage as
possible; divert surface water into system. Install
remainder of system as soon as conditions permit .
2 . Maintain temporary sediment barriers around drainage
structures until final subgrade preparation is begun.
I . Ground cover:
1 . Protect exposed critical areas with straw or other
mulches, stone base, plastic sheets, fiber mats, or
plantings during development .
2 . Include mulching as stabilization for all grassing or
planting operations until planting is effective.
3 . 02 CLEAN-UP AND REMOVAL
A. Subcontractor shall remove temporary devices and accumu-
lated sediment at time permanent erosion control is
effective. Subcontractor shall restore areas with suit-
able permanent ground cover specified in other Division 02
sections .
+ + END OF SECTION 01563 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01563-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94166 TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL
D. Silt traps : Install silt traps indicated on drawings or
required by local codes; maintain until other erosion
control methods can be substituted. Clean out silt traps
when one-half filled with silt . Remove debris from
construction area.
E. Sediment barriers:
1 . Locate temporary sediment barriers at all points where
surface water can leave construction area bypassing
silt trap if source area is subject to soil erosion or
where indicated on drawings.
2 . Construct silt fences utilizing anchored filter cloth
or hay bales securely held in place, choked with
crushed stone.
3 . Arrange barriers to create ponding behind barriers .
Make provision for removing accumulated sediments;
maintain ponding capacity. Remove when permanent
erosion control is effective.
F. Grading operations :
1. Schedule grading operations so ground surface will be
disturbed for least possible time before permanent
construction is installed. Maintain large areas as
flat as possible to minimize soil transport by surface
flow.
2 . Construct diversion or berm at top of slope causing
surface water to flow along diversion to control
point . Where steeper slopes or abrupt changes in
grade are required; transport in slope drain. Allow-
ing surface water to flow uncontrolled down slopes is
prohibited.
G. Slope drains:
1 . Provide temporary drains to convey surface water down
slopes. Provide with apron at top to anchor. Direct
water into drains .
2 . Place stone or rubble at slope drain outlets to
prevent scouring.
H. Storm drainage system:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01563-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL
SECTION 01563
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
1 . 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Complete temporary erosion control
indicated on drawings and/or required by local codes .
B. Subcontractor' s work included, but not limited to the
following:
1 . Construction of slope drains, silt traps, and sediment
barriers .
2 . Placement of hay bales .
3 . Construction of earth berms at top of fill slopes .
4 . Construction of diversion ditches.
C. Related sections in Division 2 :
2 . 00 PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. See Division 2 for all materials.
3 . 00 EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION BY SUBCONTRACTOR
A. Install erosion control measures prior to clearing or
earthwork operations being initiated.
B. Direct temporary erosion control to control soil erosion
at potential source. Use downstream sediment entrapment
measures only as a backup to primary control at source.
C. Maintain sediment control during construction period until
time permanent paving, planting, and restoration of
natural areas is effected for erosion control .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01563-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL
2 . Equip equipment used for water application with
positive shut-off means.
3 . Provide at least one mobile unit with 1000 gallons
minimum capacity for applying water on Project, unless
otherwise permitted by Facility Constructors Inc . or
all water is applied by means of pipe lines.
4 . Apply water by means of pressure type distributors or
pipe lines equipped with spray system or hoses with
nozzles ensuring uniform water application.
+ + END OF SECTION 01562 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01562-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DUST CONTROL
SECTION 01562
DUST CONTROL
1 . 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes furnishing and applying approved dust
control material to subgrade surface and elsewhere by the
Subcontractor where directed by Facility Constructors Inc .
or required by local governing authorities .
2 . 00 PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Calcium chloride : Conform to requirements of ASSHO -
M144, Type I or Type II .
3 . 00 EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. General : Subcontractor shall properly apply required
material where directed by Facility Constructors Inc . and
distributed uniformly at specified rate. Means of
distribution depends on material type used. Use methods
and equipment satisfactory to Facility Constructors Inc.
and/or governing authority.
B. Number and frequency of applications determined by
Facility Constructors Inc. and/or governing authority.
3 . 02 APPLICATION
A. Calcium chloride treatment : Uniformly apply calcium
chloride at 1-1/2 lbs . per square yard using lime spreader
or other approved methods.
B. Water treatment :
1 . Apply water under the control of Facility Constructors
Inc. in amounts and locations designated by Facility
Constructors Inc.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01562-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 DUST CONTROL
tion. Subcontractor shall clean and repair damage caused
by installation or use of temporary facilities.
Subcontractor shall restore existing facilities used
during construction to original condition; restore perma-
nent facilities used during construction to specified
condition.
+ + END OF SECTION 01500 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-7
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
4 . Subcontractor shall remove waste materials, debris,
and rubbish from site daily or as required by Facility
Constructors Inc. ; dispose off site in legal manner.
N. Project sign:
1. If allowed or required by Facility Constructors Inc . ,
Subcontractor shall construct project sign of 3/4"
thick AC plywood, approximately 4 ' -0" by 8 ' -011 ; paint
in not more than three colors; support by 4" by 4"
wood posts buried in ground 2 ' -0" minimum.
2 . Subcontractor shall coordinate sign design with
Facility Engineers Inc. and Facility Constructors Inc .
3 . Subcontractor shall obtain required permits; erect
sign where directed by Facility Constructors Inc.
4 . No other signs are permitted except those required by
law.
0. Construction fence :
1 . Subcontractor shall construct galvanized chain link
fence enclosing staging area where indicated on
drawings and phased construction areas as necessary;
include chain link gates and locking means necessary
for construction operations.
2 . Subcontractor shall provide 8 ' -0" high minimum fence
for staging area; 5 ' -0" high minimum for phased
construction area. Subcontractor shall rigidly
construct fence of new materials with minimum gauges
and sizes consistent with intended purpose and length
of time fence will be in service recommended by Chain
Link Manufacturer' s Association.
3 . Subcontractor shall determine proper quality of
materials and method of installation. Subcontractor
shall maintain fence in good condition and appearance,
rigid, plumb, and safe throughout construction period.
Q. Subcontractor shall relocate temporary facilities during
construction required by progress of Work at no additional
cost .
R. At completion of construction activities, or at time of
permanent utility connections, as applicable, Subcon-
tractor shall remove temporary facilities, including
connections and debris resulting from temporary installa-
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-6
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
3 . Subcontractor shall extend and relocate as work
progresses; provide detours necessary for unimpeded
traffic flow.
4 . Subcontractor shall provide and maintain access to
fire hydrants, free of obstructions.
5 . Subcontractor shall provide means of removing mud from
vehicle wheels before entering streets.
6 . On-site streets designated by Owner shall not be used
for construction traffic.
7 . Other requirements are specified in Coordination
section.
L. Parking:
1 . Subcontractor shall provide temporary parking areas to
accommodate his construction personnel as directed by
Facility Constructors Inc.
2 . Subcontractor shall provide additional off-site
parking when site space is inadequate.
K 3 . Vehicle parking on existing pavement is prohibited
unless authorized by the Owner.
4 . Designate one space for Owner.
5 . Other requirements are specified in Coordination
section.
M. Progress cleaning:
1 . Subcontractor shall maintain areas free of waste
materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in
clean and orderly condition.
2 . Subcontractor shall remove debris and rubbish from
pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other
closed or remote spaces prior to closing in space.
3 . Subcontractor shall broom and vacuum interior areas
prior to surface finishing start; continue cleaning to
eliminate dust .
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
3 . Maintain in clean and sanitary condition.
I . Scaffolding:
1. Type: Designed and installed by each subcontractor
for his own use for work during construction. Subcon-
tractor shall conform to special requirements of
respective trades that use scaffolding and applicable
rules and regulations of local building codes .
2 . Subcontractor shall erect scaffolding independent of
building walls; arrange to avoid interference with
other trades as much as possible.
3 . Subcontractor shall remove scaffolding when no longer
required.
J. Barriers :
1 . Subcontractor shall provide barriers to prevent
unauthorized entry to construction areas and protect
existing facilities and adjacent properties from
construction damage .
2 . Subcontractor shall provide protection to plant life
-AOW* designated to remain; replace damaged plant life with
same type and size as damaged plant life .
3 . Subcontractor shall protect non-owned vehicular
traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from
damage .
4 . Any barriers removed by Subcontractor shall be re-
placed by same as soon after access in not required,
to protect all personnel from injury.
K. Access roads :
1 . Subcontractor shall construct and maintain temporary
roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve con-
struction areas.
2 . Subcontractor shall maintain circulation of traffic,
both pedestrian and vehicular, and access to all parts
of site by fire-fighting apparatus during construc-
tion.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
structors Inc. at all times, unless more stringent
requirements are noted by product manufacturers for
proper product installation and performance. Maintain
until Date of Substantial Completion.
3 . Subcontractor shall maintain relative humidity in a
range as directed by Facility Constructors Inc. in
enclosed spaces after building ,is enclosed and instal-
lation of finishes begins; except as may otherwise be
required by product manufacturers for proper product
installation and performance.
4 . Subcontractor shall provide ventilation to prevent
accumulation of dust, fumes, or gasses and properly
cure materials and disperse humidity.
F. Telephone service:
1 . Subcontractor shall provide temporary telephone
service to temporary offices for Project duration.
Pay costs for installation and local service.
G. Water service :
1 . Temporary water:
a. Water for construction purposes may be obtained
from Owner' s present facility.
b. Subcontractor shall extend lines from source;
provide and make connections.
2 . Subcontractor shall extend branch piping with threaded
outlets to make water available by hoses; insulate
water piping to prevent freezing.
3 . Permanent water: Subcontractor shall pay costs
associated with use of permanent system until Date of
Substantial Completion.
H. Sanitary toilet facilities :
1. Facility Constructors Inc. shall provide and maintain
temporary toilet facilities and enclosures for con-
struction personnel.
2 . Use of permanent new and existing facilities is
prohibited by personnel.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
AWAO
2 . Permanent electrical :
a. Subcontractor shall pay costs associated with use
of system until Date of Substantial Completion if
required by Facility Constructors Inc .
b. Construction use of new convenience outlets is
prohibited. Permitted, if outlets are returned to
new condition by the Subcontractor at Date of
Substantial Completion.
D. Temporary lighting:
1 . Subcontractor shall provide the following minimum
light levels for construction purposes unless request-
ed otherwise by Facility Constructors Inc. or required
by O.S.H.A. :
a. General construction and safety lighting: Five
foot candles.
b. Exterior staging and storage areas after dark for
security purposes : One foot candle.
c. Finishing work and testing: Levels required for
"** safe construction sequences operations or required
by local code.
2 . Subcontractor shall extend and maintain lighting and
related systems required by construction progress.
3 . Use of permanent lighting. may be utilized during
construction if approved by Facility Constructors Inc.
provided existing lamps and ballasts, if required for
warranty, are replaced by the Subcontractor at Date of
Substantial Completion, service life for ballasts and
other related items have not been reduced, and
warranties for items used are without restriction.
E. Temporary heat and ventilation:
1 . Subcontractor shall provide temporary heat in enclosed
spaces to provide minimum temperature as directed by
Facility Constructors Inc. until time finishing Work
begins.
2 . After building is totally enclosed and installation of
finishes begins, Subcontractor shall maintain spaces
in temperature range as directed by Facility Con-
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1 . 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 FACILITIES
A. Temporary offices:
1 . Subcontractor shall provide space for his/her person-
nel.
2 . Subcontractor shall provide temporary office facili-
ties complete with lighting, heating and air-condi-
tioning, and telephone service.
3 . Subcontractor shall provide office space complete with
desk, layout board, chair, four-drawer file cabinet,
and plan rack.
B. Temporary storage facilities :
1 . Subcontractor shall provide weathertight storage sheds
or trailers with raised floors and lockable doors;
type and size required.
2 . Each Subcontractor shall provide for their own re-
quirements to maintain covered, secure, and weather-
proof areas for equipment or material storage.
3 . Subcontractor shall locate storage facilities where
directed by Facility Constructors Inc.
C. Electrical service :
1 . Temporary electrical :
a. Subcontractor shall provide service, including
extensions and connections necessary for construc-
tion work.
b. Subcontractor shall pay costs of installing,
maintaining, and repairing service for Project
duration.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01500-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
c. Perform duties of Subcontractor or Facility
Constructors Inc .
1.03 SUBCONTRACTOR
A. Responsibilities:
1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to
Work, and manufacturer's operations .
2 . Secure and deliver to laboratory adequate quantities
of representative samples of materials proposed
requiring testing.
3 . Provide laboratory preliminary design mix proposed for
concrete and other materials mixes requiring control
by Testing Laboratory.
4 . Furnish required copies of products test reports.
5 . Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
a. To provide access to Work to be tested.
b. To obtain and handle samples at Project site or at
source of product to be tested.
c . To facilitate inspections and tests.
d. For storage and curing of test samples.
6 . Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of opera-
tions to allow laboratory assignment of personnel and
scheduling of tests. When tests or inspections cannot
be performed after such notice, reimburse Facility
Constructors Inc. for laboratory personnel and travel
expenses incurred due to Subcontractor' s negligence.
7 . Employ and pay for services of separate, equally
qualified independent testing laboratory to perform
additional inspections, sampling, and testing re-
quired:
a. For Subcontractor's convenience.
b. When initial tests indicate Work does not comply
with Contract Documents.
+ + END OF SECTION 01410 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01410-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
4 . Promptly submit written report of each test and
inspection; one copy each to Facility Engineers Inc.
and Facility Constructors Inc . , and one copy to Record
Documents File. Include on each report:
a. Date issued.
b. Project title and number.
c. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone
number.
d. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
e. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
f. Record of temperature and weather conditions.
g. Date of test.
h. Identification of product and specification
section.
i. Location of sample or test in Project.
j . Type of inspection or test.
k. Results of tests and compliance with Contract
Documents.
1. Interpretation of test results, when requested by
Facility Engineers Inc .
5 . Perform additional tests required by Facility Engi-
neers Inc. through Facility Constructors Inc .
6 . Submit summary reports indicating compliance or non
compliance with contract documents .
B. Limitations:
1. Laboratory is not authorized to:
a. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements
of Contract Documents.
b. Approve or accept any portion of Work.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01410-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Facility Constructors Inc . , will employ and pay for
services of independent testing laboratory to perform
specified testing.
1. Subcontractor shall cooperate with laboratory to
facilitate execution of required services.
2 . Employment of laboratory shall in no way relieve
Subcontractor' s obligations to perform Work of Con-
tract.
B. Related requirements:
1. Conditions of the Contract: Inspections and testing
required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations,
orders, or approvals of public authorities.
1 .02 TESTING LABORATORY
A. Duties :
1. Cooperate with Facility Engineers Inc. and Facility
Constructors Inc. ; provide qualified personnel after
due notice.
2 . Perform necessary inspections, sampling, and testing
of materials and methods of construction.
a. Comply with specified standards .
b. Ascertain compliance of materials with require-
ments of Contract Documents.
3 . Promptly notify Facility Engineers Inc. and Facility
Constructors Inc. in writing of observed irregulari-
ties or deficiencies of work or products.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01410-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1 .05 DISTRIBUTION
look A. Subcontractor is responsible for obtaining and distributing
copies of submittals to his sub-contractors and material
suppliers. Make prints of reviewed shop drawings from
transparencies imprinted with Facility Engineers Inc. 's
appropriate stamp.
B. Subcontractor shall maintain orderly file of all approved
submittals bearing Facility Engineers Inc. stamp for Project
duration; deliver to Facility Constructors Inc . as part of
Project closeout documents.
+ + END OF SECTION 01300 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01300-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUBMITTALS
review notes, comments, and corrections required prior
to submission to Facility Engineers Inc. By so noting,
Subcontractor indicates that he has reviewed and
approves materials, equipment, quantities, and
dimensions represented by particular submittal.
2 . Subcontractor represents by submitting samples, shop
drawings, and product data that he has complied with
provisions specified. Submissions made without
Subcontractor's approval indicated thereon will be
returned without being reviewed for compliance with this
requirement.
3 . Date each submittal; indicate name of Project, Facility
Engineers Inc . , Subcontractor, as applicable,
description or name of equipment, material, or product
and identify Work use location.
4 . Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing
project name, Subcontractor's name, number of samples or
drawings, titles, and other pertinent data. Outline
deviations, if any, in submittals from requirements of
Contract Documents.
B. Facility Engineers Inc. 's :
1 . Review submittals within two (2) weeks of receipt to
cause no delay in Work.
2 . Review is only for conformance with design concept of
project and information in Contract Documents . Review
of separate item shall not indicate approval of an
assembly in which item functions.
3 . Facility Engineers Inc. will return one sepia copy of
reviewed shop drawings for printing and distribution by
Subcontractor.
1.04 RESUBMISSION
A. Subcontractor shall make corrections and changes indicated
for rejected submissions; resubmit in same manner specified
above until Facility Engineers Inc. 's no longer requires
resubmission.
B. Subcontractor shall direct specific attention to revisions
other than corrections requested by Facility Engineers Inc.
on previous submissions, if any, in resubmission
transmittal.
low.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01300-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUBMITTALS
00,1" f. Cross-reference drawing details and specification
paragraphs applicable to submitted data.
2 . Subcontractor shall submit one sepia transparency and
three black line prints of shop drawings.
3 . Photocopy, autopositive, or other reproduction of
Facility Engineers Inc. 's drawings are not acceptable
for subcontractors ' or vendors ' shop drawings.
C. Samples:
1. Subcontractor shall prepare samples in sizes, shapes,
and finishes in accord with provisions of individual
specification sections.
2 . Samples furnished under this section are not to be
confused with full size, on-the-site "Mock-Ups" called
for in some specification sections.
3 . Number of samples submitted: Number required by
Subcontractor, plus one which will be retained by
Facility Engineers Inc. , unless otherwise indicated.
Additional samples shall be furnished as requested.
4 . Samples requiring color selection:
a. Subcontractor shall submit at earliest practicable
time. No color selections will be made until all
colors can be chosen and issued at one time in form
of color schedule.
b. Approvals and color selections will not be made
unilaterally where samples or selections regarding
adjacent materials must be made for aesthetic
purposes.
D. Quality control submittals:
1 . Certificates: Subcontractor shall submit certificates
from manufacturers for each product indicating materials
supplied or installed are asbestos free.
1.03 REVIEW
A. Subcontractor' s :
1. Review submittals and stamp with approval action stamp
containing Subcontractor' s name, word "Approved" , signed
initials of approving agent, date of approval action,
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01300-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUBMITTALS
5 . Subcontractor shall submit accepted schedule within ten
calendar days after joint review date.
1.02 PREPARATION
A. Product data:
1. Subcontractor shall include product manufacturer's
standard printed material, dated, with product de-
scription and installation instructions indicated;
delete data not related to this Project or mark "VOID"
as applicable.
2 . Number of copies submitted: Number required by
Subcontractor plus four which will be retained by
Facility Engineers Inc .
B. Shop drawings:
1. Subcontractor shall conform to the following require-
ments:
a. Number sheets consecutively.
b. Indicate working and erection dimensions and
relationships to adjacent work.
c. Indicate:
1) Arrangements and sectional views, as applicable.
2) Material, gauges, thicknesses, finishes, and
characteristics .
3) Anchoring and fastening details; include
information for making connections to adjacent
work.
d. Indicate working and erection dimensions and
relationships to adjacent work. Concurrent
submittals of different aspects of work may be
required by Facility Engineers Inc . as deemed
necessary to demonstrate Subcontractor' s ability to
understand these relationships and coordinate Work.
e. Provide 6" by 6" clean space in the lower right hand
area for entry of the Subcontractor' s and Facility
Engineers Inc. 's stamps.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01300-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. General provisions:
1. Provisions in this section are mandatory procedures for
preparing and submitting samples, shop drawings, and
product data.
2 . Job delays occasioned by requirement of resubmission of
samples, shop drawings, and product data not in accord
with Contract Documents are Subcontractor's
responsibility and will not be considered valid
justification for extension of time.
B. Submittal 's schedule:
1. Subcontractor shall submit proposed submittals schedule
to Facility Constructors Inc. for review within ten
calendar days following Contract execution.
2 . Schedule purpose is to:
a. Demonstrate that submittals, shop drawings, data,
samples and mock-ups required for Work are addressed
by Subcontractor.
b. Demonstrate consistency with Subcontractor's
proposed Progress Schedule.
c . Assist Facility Engineers Inc . in scheduling timely
review of submittals .
3 . Schedule contents: Description of submitted item,
proposed date of submittal or availability for review by
Facility Engineers Inc. , and proposed date of requested
return by Facility Engineers Inc. .
4 . Within ten calendar days after Facility Constructors
Inc. 's receipt of submittal schedule, Facility Con-
structors Inc . , and Subcontractor shall jointly review
schedule and mutually discuss the schedule with final
approval of same being determined by Facility
Constructors Inc.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01300-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUBMITTALS
Aoft' 2 . Subcontractor shall clean spillage, overspray, and
heavy collection of dust in Owner occupied areas
immediately.
B. Subcontractor shall clean area and make surfaces ready for
work of successive trades at completion of work of each
trade.
C. Subcontractor shall provide final cleaning and return
space to condition suitable for use by Owner at completion
of alterations work in each trade.
+ + END OF SECTION 01122 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01122-5
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
2 . Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces
becoming one, Subcontractor shall rework floors and
ceilings to provide smooth planes without breaks,
steps, or bulkheads.
3 . Subcontractor shall request instructions from Facility
Engineers Inc. , through Facility Constructors Inc. ,
for method of making transition where extreme change
of plane of 2" or more occurs.
C. Damaged surfaces:
1. Subcontractor shall patch and replace portions of
existing finished surface found to be damaged, lifted,
discolored, or showing other imperfections with
matching material.
2 . Subcontractor shall refinish patched portions of
painted or coated surfaces to produce uniform color
and texture over entire surface.
3 . Subcontractor shall, when existing surface finish
cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest
intersections .
D. Transition from existing to new Work:
1. Subcontractor shall make smooth and workmanlike
transition when new work abuts or finishes flush with
existing work.
2 . Subcontractor shall match patched work to existing
adjacent work in texture and appearance so patch or
transition is invisible at distance of 5 ' -0" .
3 . Subcontractor shall, when finished surfaces are cut in
such a way that smooth transition with new work is not
possible, terminate existing surface in neat manner
along straight line at natural line of division;
provide trim appropriate to finished surface.
3 .02 CLEANING
A. Subcontractor shall perform periodic and final cleaning
specified in Cleaning Up section.
1. Subcontractor shall clean Owner occupied areas daily.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01122-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
1. Subcontract shall salvage sufficient quantities of cut
or removed material to replace damaged work of exist-
ing construction when materials are not readily
obtainable on current market.
2 . Subcontractor shall store salvaged items in a dry,
secure place on site.
3 . Incorporating salvaged or used material in new con-
struction except for patching to existing construction
is prohibited.
B. Products for patching and extending work: Specified in
respective sections .
C. General requirements that Work be complete:
1. Provide same products or types of construction as that
in existing structure, as needed to patch, extend, or
match existing work. Generally Contract Documents
will not define products or standards of workmanship
present in existing construction. Subcontractor shall
determine products by inspection and any necessary
testing; workmanship by use of existing as sample of
comparison.
2 . Perform necessary patching, extending, or matching of
existing product, finish, or type of construction to
make Work complete and consistent to same standard of
quality as existing.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Subcontractor' s Performance: Patch and extend existing
work using skilled labor capable of matching existing
quality of workmanship. Quality of patched or extended
work shall be not less than that specified for new Work.
B. .Adjustments:
1. Where walls are removed, Subcontractor shall patch
floors, walls, and ceilings with finish materials to
match existing.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01122-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
1.02 ALTERATIONS, CUTTING AND PROTECTION
A. Work of moving, removal, cutting, and patching shall be
assigned to trades qualified to perform work in manner to
cause least damage to each type of Work. Provide means of
returning surfaces to appearance of new Work.
B. Subcontractor shall perform cutting and removal work to
remove minimum necessary and avoid damage to adjacent
work. Cut finish surfaces such as metals by methods to
terminate surfaces in straight line at natural point of
division.
C. Subcontractor shall perform cutting and patching specified
in Cutting and Patching section.
D. Subcontractor shall protect existing finishes, equipment,
and adjacent work which is scheduled to remain from
damage. Protect existing and new work from weather and
extreme temperatures.
1. Maintain existing interior work above 60 degrees F.
2 . Provide weather protection, waterproofing, heat, and
humidity control to prevent damage to remaining
existing work and new work.
E. Subcontractor shall provide temporary enclosures to
separate work areas from existing building and areas
occupied by Owner; provide weather protection.
F. Fire exits:
1. Subcontractor shall maintain existing fire exit routes
unless otherwise permitted by local code authorities;
impeding or rerouting exiting routes without permis-
sion or permits from local authorities is prohibited.
2 . Subcontractor shall provide and maintain complete
local authority approved exits and routing for tempor-
ary exiting requirements.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Salvaged materials:
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01122-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
SECTION 01122
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
1 . 00 GENERAL
1 . 01 SUMMARY
A. Subcontractor' s requirements include:
1 . Coordinate Work with other trades; schedule element of
alterations and renovation work by procedures and
methods to expedite completion of Work.
2 . In addition to Work specified in Demolition section,
and that specifically indicated, cut, move, or remove
items as necessary to provide access or allow altera-
tions and new work to proceed. Include such items as :
a. Repair or removal of hazardous or unsanitary
conditions .
b. Removal of abandoned items and items serving no
useful purpose, such as abandoned piping, conduit,
and wiring.
c. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not
marked for salvage, such as rusted metals, and
deteriorated concrete.
d. Cleaning of surfaces and removal of surface
finishes as needed to install new work and finish-
es .
3 . Patch, repair, and refinish existing items to remain
to specified condition for each material, with proper
transition to adjacent new items of construction.
B. Related sections:
1 . Section 01045: Cutting and Patching.
2 . Section 01705: Cleaning Up.
3. Section 02050: Demolition.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01122-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
3 . 03 APPLICATION
A. Subcontractor shall execute cutting and demolition by
methods to prevent damage to other work and provide proper
surfaces to receive installation of repairs.
B. Subcontractor shall execute excavating and backfilling by
methods which will prevent settlement or damage to other
work.
C. Subcontractor shall employ original installer or fabrica-
tor to perform cutting and patching for:
1. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
2 . Sight-exposed finished surfaces.
D. Subcontractor shall execute fitting and adjustment of
products to provide finished installation to comply with
specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes .
E. Subcontractor shall restore cut or removed Work; install
new products to provide completed Work in accord with
requirements of Contract Documents .
F. Subcontractor shall fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves,
ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces .
G. Subcontractor shall refinish entire surfaces to provide an
even finish matching adjacent finishes:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersec-
tion.
2 . For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
+ + END OF SECTION 01045 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01045-4
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CUTTING AND PATCHING
C. Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of
products from original installation Subcontractor shall
submit request for substitution as specified in Product
Options and Substitutions section.
D. Subcontractor shall submit written notice to Facility
Engineers Inc. through Facility Constructors Inc .
designating date and time work will be uncovered.
2 .00 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Subcontractor shall comply with specifications and stan-
dards for each specific product involved.
3 .00 EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Subcontractor shall inspect existing conditions of Project
including elements subject to damage or to movement during
cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering work the Subcontractor shall inspect
conditions affecting installation of products or perform-
ance of Work.
C. Subcontractor shall report unsatisfactory or questionable
conditions to Facility Engineers Inc. through Facility
Constructors Inc. in writing; do not proceed with work
until Facility Engineers Inc. has provided further
instructions .
3 .02 PREPARATION
A. Subcontractor shall provide adequate temporary support as
necessary to assure structural value or integrity of
affected portion of Work.
B. Subcontractor shall provide devices and methods to protect
other portions of Project from damage.
C. Subcontractor shall provide protection from elements for
that portion of Project which may be exposed by cutting
and patching work; maintain excavations free from water.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01045-3
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CUTTING AND PATCHING
^' 1. 02 SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontractor shall submit written request to Facility
Engineers Inc. through Facility Constructors Inc. ten days
in advance of executing any cutting or alteration
affecting:
1. Work of Owner or any separate contractor.
2 . Structural value or integrity of any element of
Project.
3 . Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or
moisture resistant elements or systems.
4 . Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of
operational elements.
5 . Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements .
B. Include on request:
1. Project identification.
2 . Description of affected work.
3 . Necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4 . Effect on work of Owner or any separate contractor or
on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project.
5 . Description of proposed work:
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration or excava-
tion.
b. Trades who will execute work.
c . Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
6 . Alternatives to cutting and patching.
7 . Cost proposal when applicable.
8 . Written permission of any separate Subcontractor whose
work will be affected.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01045-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CUTTING AND PATCHING
SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Requirements included:
1. Subcontractor shall be responsible for all cutting,
fitting and patching, including attendant excavation
and backfill, required to complete work:
a. Make several parts fit together properly.
b. Uncover portions of Work to provide for installa-
tion of ill-timed work.
c. Remove and replace defective work.
d. Remove and replace work not conforming to require-
ments of Contract Documents.
e. Remove samples of installed work as specified for
testing.
f. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural
surfaces for installation of piping and electrical
conduit.
2 . Subcontractor shall not be responsible for asbestos
removal.
B. Related sections :
1 . Section 01122 : Alteration Project Procedures .
2 . Section 01630: Product Options and Substitutions.
3 . Section 02050 : Demolition.
4 . Section 02210 : Earthwork and Grading.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01045-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 CUTTING AND PATCHING
B. Subcontractors: Coordinate Work with separate contract
work by Owner, if applicable, and with prior occupancy
provisions required by Owner.
1.05 TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE AND CIRCULATION
A. General: Subcontractor Responsibility
1. Certain general requirements are specified in Con-
struction Facilities and Temporary Controls section.
2 . Confine parking and vehicle access directed by
Facility Constructors Inc. to accommodate existing
operation.
3 . Access to occupied areas will be restricted during
construction unless prior approval is obtained from
Facility Constructors Inc.
+ + END OF SECTION 01040 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01040-3
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COORDINATION
1.03 COORDINATION AMONG TRADES
A. Subcontractor shall in coordinating procedures at
Project meetings before work in field begins. Resolve
scheduling, sequencing, interferences and priorities of
oncoming simultaneous Work among interested parties to
achieve specified results and to advance planned progress
of Project.
B. Subcontractor shall continue coordinating procedures by
actively controlling Project conditions as follows :
1. Verify products are stored in orderly fashion under
conditions complying with manufacturer' s instructions
or specific requirements of relevant specification
section, whichever requirement is more stringent at
planned locations.
2 . Verify compliance of environmental conditions before,
during, and after execution of Work with manufac-
turer' s instructions and specific requirements of
relevant sections of these specifications .
3 . Verify adherence to specified tolerances as Work
progresses.
4 . Inspect job conditions before one trade follows
another in compliance with these specifications:
a. Plan joint inspections involving interested
parties.
b. Schedule inspections one week in advance with
notices sent to interested parties .
C. Continue coordinating efforts as Work progresses, verify-
ing parties compliance with decisions as agreed under
Article 1.03, Paragraphs A. and B. above. Make adjust-
ments in planned procedures as changing job conditions
require to achieve results specified to best advance
progress of Work. Immediately advise all parties involved
of required changes in construction schedule and planned
procedure.
1.04 COORDINATION WITH RELATED WORK
A. Subcontractor shall cooperate with all trades with related
Work as well as with those sections enumerated in Article
1.01 above.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01040-2
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COORDINATION
SECTION 01040
COORDINATION
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section shall not be interpreted to relieve Sub-
contractors of their responsibilities for supervision and
coordination of construction procedures .
B. Provisions of this section are considered minimal for
orderly and expeditious prosecution of Work.
C. Related sections:
1. Section 01300: Submittals.
2 . Section 01410 : Testing Laboratory Services .
3 . Section 01630 : Product Options and Substitutions.
4 . Section 01700 : Contract Closeout.
5 . Section 01705 : Cleaning Up.
1 .02 ORDERING PRODUCTS
A. Before ordering materials, equipment, or custom or stan-
dard fabricated items Subcontractor shall verify the
following provisions:
1. Each item complies with Contract Documents.
2 . Each properly relates to Work already completed.
3 . Shop drawings or other submittals confirm 01. " and
02 . " above.
4 . Orders are placed and delivery dates are established
allowing orderly execution of Work on schedule and not
allowing untimely delivery of critically sensitive
products before Project site conditions are satisfac-
tory to receive them.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01040-1
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 COORDINATION
7 . Enforce strict discipline and good order among
employees . Do not employ on work individuals who are:
a. Unfit, mentally or physically, for designated
tasks.
b. Not skilled in assigned task.
c. Not capable of demonstrating compliance with
Immigration and Naturalization Service Bureau
regulations.
1.02 SUBCONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Prohibited practices:
1. Unreasonably encumbering site with materials or
equipment.
2 . Loading structure with weight endangering structure.
B. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping
of products stored on premises .
C. Move stored products interfering with Owner or other
Subcontractor operations .
D. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage of work areas
needed for operations .
E. Limit use of site for Work and storage to area designated
by Facility Constructors Inc. representatives .
+ + END OF SECTION 01010 + +
A#0*6
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01010-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUMMARY OF WORK
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Work covers construction of a warehouse located in
Northampton, Massachusetts.
B. Additional Duties of Subcontractor:
1. Except as specifically noted provide and pay for:
a. Labor, materials and equipment.
b. Tools, construction equipment and machinery.
c. Water, heat and utilities required for
construction.
d. Other facilities and services necessary for proper
execution and completion of Work.
2 . Pay legally required sales, consumer and use taxes .
3 . Secure and pay for, as necessary for proper execution
and completion of Work, and as applicable at time of
receipt of bids:
a. Permits.
b. Government fees.
c. Licenses.
4 . Give required notices.
5 . Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations,
orders and other legal requirements of public
authorities bearing on performance of Work.
6 . Promptly submit written notice to Facility Engineers
Inc . through Facility Constructors Inc . of observed
variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements
and assume responsibility for work known to be
contrary to such requirements without notice.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 01010-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 SUMMARY OF WORK
00� 5 .00 SAFETY AND LOSS PREVENTION
A. Subcontractor shall repair all damage or injury to adjoin-
ing property caused by his work and shall leave in as good
condition as before work started. Protect work from
damage; provide appropriate covering. Repair or replace
damaged work. Protect streets, sidewalks, trees and
landscaping designated to remain; make necessary repairs .
+ + END OF SECTION 00800 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 00800-3
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 GENERAL CONDITIONS
3 .00 PERFORMANCE OF WORK
A. Before ordering any material or doing any work each
Subcontractor shall verify all measurements at building
and shall be responsible for correctness of same. No
extra compensation will be allowed on account of differ-
ence between actual dimensions and measurements indicated
on drawings.
B. Facility Constructors Inc. will consider a formal request
for substitution of products in place of those specified
only under conditions set forth in General Requirements
(Division 01 of Specifications) . By making requests for
substitutions Subcontractor:
1. represents that Subcontractor has personally investi-
gated proposed substitute product and determined
proposed substitute is equal or superior in all
respects to that specified.
2 . represents that Subcontractor will provide the same
warranty for the substitution that Subcontractor would
for that specified.
3 . certifies that cost data presented is complete and
includes all related costs under this Contract except
Facility Engineers Inc. redesign costs, and waives all
claims for additional costs related to substitution
which subsequently becomes apparent, and;
4 . will coordinate installation of accepted substitute,
making such changes as may be requested for Work to be
complete in all respects.
4 .00 MISCELLANEOUS JOB SITE REQUIREMENTS
A. Subcontractor is prohibited from unreasonably encumbering
site with materials or equipment or loading structure with
weight endangering structure. Assume full responsibility
for protection and safekeeping of products stored on
premises. Move stored products interfering with Owner or
other Subcontractor operations.
B. When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous
materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary
the Subcontractor shall give Owner and Facility Construc-
tors Inc. reasonable advance notice.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 00800-2
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.00 DEFINITIONS
A. Drawings are graphic and pictorial portions of the Con-
tract Documents.
B. General Requirements: Sections of Division 01 - General
Requirements govern the execution of all sections of the
specifications.
C. Specifications are the written portion of the Contract
Documents indicating requirements for materials, equip-
ment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for
the work, and performance of related services.
2 .00 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REVIEW
A. Titles in specification sections are used for convenience
and shall not be taken as complete segregation of various
units of materials and trades or to establish limits to
0� Contract between Facility Constructors Inc . and Subcon-
tractor.
B. No responsibility, either direct or implied, is assumed by
Facility Engineers Inc. for omissions or duplications by
Subcontractor due to real or alleged error in arrangement
of matter in specifications.
C. Both drawings and specifications are required to fully
describe work required and are considered complementary,
and what is required by one shall be as binding as if
required by all. Conflicts occurring between drawings and
specifications require immediate notification, in writing,
to Facility Constructors Inc.
D. Execute work in accordance with Contract Documents.
Making changes without having first received written
permission is prohibited. Notify Facility Constructors
Inc. for decision before proceeding with work where de-
tailed information is lacking.
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 00800-1
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 00400
INDEX OF DRAWINGS
COCA-COLA WAREHOUSE
NORTHHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ORIGINAL REVISED
DRAWING DATE OF DATE OF
NUMBER DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS DRAWINGS
STRUCTURAL
Sol General Notes, Abbreviations & Schedules 01-25-95 02-14-95
S02 Foundation Plan - North Area 01-25-95 02-14-95
S03 Foundation Plan - South Area 01-25-95 02-14-95
SO4 Slab Placement Plan - North Area 02-14-95
S05 Slab Placement Plan - South Area 02-14-95
S06 Typical Concrete Sections and Details 01-25-95 02-14-95
S07 Concrete Sections and Details 01-25-95 02-14-95
S08 Concrete Sections and Details 01-25-95 02-14-95
ARCHITECTURAL
A01 Overall Floor Plan 02-15-95
A02 Enlarged Floor Plan - North Area 02-15-95
A03 Enlarged Floor Plan - South Area 02-15-95
A04 Building Elevations 02-15-95
A05 Building Elevations 02-15-95
A06 Wall Sections 02-15-95
A07 Door Schedule, Door Details, Room Finish
Schedule 02-15-95
A08 Plan Details, Stair Details 02-15-95
+ + END OF SECTION 00400 + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 02-15-95 00400-1
PROJECT NO: CC-94186 INDEX OF DRAWINGS
SPEC ISSUED REVISED
O TITLE DATE DATE
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 Rough Carpentry 02-15-95
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07470 Cold Storage Insulation Systems 02-15-95
07920 Sealants and Caulking 02-15-95
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08110 Steel Doors and Frames 02-15-95
08710 Door Hardware 02-15-95
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09510 Acoustical Ceilings 02-15-95
09650 Resilient Flooring 02-15-95
09700 Special Flooring 02-15-95
09900 Painting 02-15-95
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10800 Toilet and Bath Accessories 02-15-95
+ + END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS + +
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 PAGE-2
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REVISED: 02-15-95 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aaftok
i
i
F
z
" COCA-COLA WAREHOUSE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
FEI PROJECT NO. CC-94186
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPEC ISSUED REVISED
NO TITLE DATE DATE
00400 Index of Drawings 01-09-95 02-15-95
00800 General Conditions 01-09-95
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 Summary of Work 01-09-95
01040 Coordination 01-09-95
01045 Cutting and Patching 01-09-95
01122 Alteration Project Procedures 01-09-95
01300 Submittals 01-09-95
01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01-09-95
01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01-09-95
01562 Dust Control 01-09-95
,Ow*� 01563 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control 01-09-95
01615 Delivery, Storage and Handling 01-09-95
01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01-09-95
01700 Contract Closeout 01-09-95
01705 Cleaning Up 01-09-95
01720 Project Record Documents 01-09-95
01740 Warranties and Bonds 01-09-95
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03100 Concrete Formwork 01-09-95
03200 Concrete Reinforcement 01-09-95
03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 01-09-95
03310 Concrete Slabs 02-15-95
,DIVISION 4 - MASONRY FB 2 L 19%
04100 Mortar FACILITY CONSTRUCTORS 02-15-95
04150 Masonry Accessories COCA COLA 02-15-95
04220 Concrete Unit Masonry NORTHAMPTON, MA 02-15-95
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05500 Miscellaneous Metal 02-15-95
FACILITY ENGINEERS INC. DATE: 01-09-95 PAGE-1
PROJECT NO. CC-94186 REVISED: 02-15-95 TABLE OF CONTENTS
.•p'r aR M1. -.'+ +r� -wy w , , a a} s F,'r Pik' `' "`i" :'� 4,r p - x y,r;r v�"a`a =*2 's :�S ,�.,,z,j' w,, k� a,:.^a �'r.z: ' k& 'F $ -�,,"�+�ei-ksw. "_"
s.'-}v,#y",a.y r ht-6 ;q.z`r''y s t. i _ ',;}s e L 45a ;` +ds "`mss,., - !.,,`v`r.- .: t'` r,;. ,'y' y y 'a.' 'v'' y. '�y,a c. ra...J'Y�, ,�tt ikaj° a�a 11
aq t '� R-.r Y iF t ti, a ✓ ''� i '.�: r .i c, 3 r a'`%,;� &. k S r 1 - a •aA.- ,�,. n. „yk"l�y 3-
„�{ ,#, m 4�w .p. .� c :,, `.t ..a •r -F ,3z* 5r<,� ? '``> �+'�t�'�" .e s' ''% -4�a� i
iw ,w r ;..se's K .r ''s o 4, s :' ". .`°5 --+�aaf' s p ,; 4 "„"
3 t t'P'x ,4„t -, s u x' r }s' tV arc_r .y rt` ��"`'� .,'' �' f tid y'` ,.. 3 "' -. '�' t'f,
g 'k ,` ..`},, �j ,y ,-r �,�.r -„a s; °7 "* ,t %`` r �,d-.jl -.a .c,rj" r t:`- x r: 4 a F
s t at
A '�'z Y 'Sb4-`41, '� Y`->,,,. I 4 >+n "" 5 d'-5 F F +r s,D J YY .1� t �y�*. r':iy+:s �F x"Y t -y, '� i r,
+A'JY' > h n".r W> f k cr °v per ♦ f? S ,K :*` i"-#.fi' ,,y Y3; P x-}t 3!',,- d,, 91R'.`
qW.„, c i ° .++,a �3- t w; n r �.,aan+ i° .' .SSF",ra,#.7 ,'}s' s°�'i 4� '
� ;`? +ea a, it,. ,� k .,c s k v s "'`_ 3 .,,s. a T-, `A x: "`: =t * c� .-e,�; sa,,"fi r
+t^ r_ Bt* a.-”" a'" j tb 1 w m R r d ', r 'M F A k r '" 2 �' *T �' x< a�''a, r'+ ,s.0 4 3 -"s`fi 1 €,c"y R '�1`� ....
i r. S d F �t- 4 ^'v f1
' ,{°Y N. 'sr {r r wrs."$ .say` w F,r'' e ";r F.- - ""'s 'e .,a t. '` �, �. }.ra. ,s ,p s .,a,g*,1
"r a' g K$d `°2` >` i"3'y *t Yc' a,,i 3, a:.a �' f yrhsk,...rT t'4;7 J P 4 3$ e 8� 4�."ri k. t ',� J "�*d 'v+b�,. .d`>;11 7"M''Y r k �,. k ,. Yr jg`y ,.:-C ,,, '�"3' u = � •v�s4 r� i v'x,f., :_hgj 2 r +.o„q,.�'s s g,- oaf{ 4...
r rt n'. firm, M;. rt&`t t„ o. -aIf i 4 �:U sFt7 �z y„3r aL s , a.
e ",Z"F.. N'X`s.. trx` Y K') s a` Y. 'a5 "";v -+ y ^� ;h x. !- s. .v +#rd at F ,a "Yh '1 °t[ +s
y i "c yss'.�.. a t �x b3 .#` ...s,.u'6>°c'4. Y * F s aie 7} 'y ?gam K.-+r. r r°r �} 'L`L}s'S r+. t £ ,Y'° !' �; r
� _ v zrr r V-s "< `,a ;'� t "°". s�z r� s -��*��x �1 t Y'to �' �..� �u •{Y "' * vg.t �S� . r..:•� .�.y_�. .a*�,'
7t q t S {4 -` i(:a'G t t v ,{"� $ A `e s"f': t<. 3 �!f s. . -,.-," y~" ?ES
xs m C '+. Tp, .t•v ;:..r,: :c'i- '!&`a°>.�t _ ,i` x t•s s,p "xr ry.,b 4 A#*L'f' "{ri' ,. 'Gr
x t k � t.�a s P ry z y - z ';.Y �'f z `` a e s ,i a`� 1 M O g' -aa we
11 ,n A. 'S ;rtr^°' °" t x ea c £ -< �, v 1 a a,Y r,4�tt"", '. *.,r� ,A Y+` d ��sr'yt d'x• ,� -.: p tisa # +. o- ;f.rz�,,,� b
1. fl-r, '•• �`Ir r ro, s r ' +'^ „'� aG t A' r"`x y�r” a.. x ".y 4 .'„:
—to<r t; �"+°,4 ::'"� a- yr r: .w...
:i -.i. K ° $. d x •a r' „h y �. ,,.:�' *r+a'" M d X rc ,4� #''?v" .z -t $ r ,
;'*. -''F c sir s'fir,..., r g. a+vh -4s ,7-a ,e a ,� ,s• 'ice ?"a"`�r N.b.• ti .:" t
ti ,t as .u-r x. "a 3.n`°r t y * �: a .-s,Z v-"s' . vy.,, a •a' -, ^ r' s a : d" .-
sa Y $" x s
- k `t rM k'°t .�'-"r c` ti tt .''.-w va- @ �v, rte. t,. r� H ti� 7'' �s-�e4',, ,v i y
t4 '4 µ 4 ° �i M.'"'' ,r x ,v K �,r. 1a` s -may''" e s�'Y J... ,r Z r�"^".
:: 4 f4,- t _. k` 7 a f- ., *" ryat2` W v t '''fi f"•c r `r�a ""°' s�;. rr �+"" c,,.-'S�''�.� :.11
M�my r _ °a a - �
�. a+_ r - } '*< i ¢ x'° Y+ '4:. s s,§.? y,* a,+ r ;, C, „4 3 3(.^s.-� L�^ ``
° s r� t ,R T sFa. ,r - 5 sj a ,� xr°,a.r,'""f:: _ vim• '�"' ,''�nvF'"$. Y °' +F,;fi ',k <A , Lam'. ' ",n -
,. r a k: r W +"A a _ v #t„-z -�r 7 ,, C." t la' "`s '{t "^'f, J''"„+,,rX+s�.-} ";.r" $.:. , .� k.rv` "F�'•�
.a - x } # 2'Y' £ y.^ �,,'',a"s y to r ,, p " ,� _ .11>S s :r F "�'r ,y ,» $" 4 >':r} a #K5 e 5r, -t 'r � f +,y..'�—' z.I ice „° .s x S`w w '``,.s° y,rc```'r..t X.} J.>. ;ry-n�r x
6 - rz'g k , d .++- c=c,s ry ., > rt. .w�:. �-; , -s'.:i-," yam.; z h 39z'"^ .,1.#c" NK $'s. '' �- iei, x„ -i' r .z - F'n a '• 'x ^.-# e-, , r
a �: s w r y T• �e € x °� �� cr y ,IF
a..<s" s n,." ?�+ ,�., a'+ *bz! 1-56 �-�, yu. - a 4 J 'rz' '`''fi Y:.gy'"f�.4 �r'.s t' ¥,W'i. „L3°i'b `cam `zFha v-4�. ",y} {' c Tc a""4 �-.
K -:a z Xi x s' '' �:. ,r"a .�#' € p` ,. �, $irk x -` ,�c* 5 .t1a'+� t 1^ f t ;Sr' ,:
-.r¢ M �,. t § .�4 > es Mkt �`" a ., '«. t »n. Q'' `a' '�,.' * :4 ✓z^ :s IT-6 4 f of f:" sr�,,.�,4 a. "`�'sr` _,1 ,� .r* h ' r3'r " s '�. -,,?±a r^Y ,< fi' 't✓< of :: ..,.z, r` ay. ' .e
'✓: 6 .:'"'"'' "s i:. ,E+' r % ';k h 4,4'!-e}'`�w4¢ sr ga,�,' Ea rs-F^„c$ s" a. .r e a.x,$�a::>a,'1 `''3' +'d y #M'„` 3 �,L s °o 'ti. - r =�, h'a `'np, "`S"RS b
..+"- --s"t-_ a _ �i' x , - 5 .,z`i 3 `' +�(*, y a y.,'.�:`r S+i ``d : ,„ 'vs a .: hx *` - 'YK
a-a�.o- .+y s y_ .M.,s r r a r t."` '„`" #s,,. r:F„ },le S - y f 'k'
'o :+ ,c �,wr tua'' + x, °,k ti'S #, z h ., ? S E, cis S '�, °'t. '.. ,� 7CF. ,y>,.,
w .F ..A � , i�' as=,eF, .a' ,'tt' v % '4�' r -sb t s6' n+ a r ¢ ''
Y �;:; ,e},& ,�* I € `'d` .c a.+r .s ue"; r z:. '3, s,°•r a4� # .y A ¢ ? '*'� &°p.`. 3' 3 a '�: .� x'
# z or' ,,:s x,4 r .z. fi a �' �. rat `a ,v,'� s z c' : t "i%" .`g�''.
,r ,{,, z,`a'" z s ; Ka '.'§- t- ,� .� s a� , ;'t;} r *•Z > `� r ."r,, as n!`
? ,4;.d "Y £ T. r s"" ,✓ °t .rx twa ~;. :.. .� 'G �"'+ ^,a' " '�«r:., ',+
I t> -c ., Y:. rt s 'r °� *j a }`' +.g ..� �¢ z a @,...�-
€ t",`art 2+ 'd + rt c -{":. .,., , --, .�'' ik.t� r,§h'£`" r i r +,a�.I- 7'.' ��f "xas +"'+ '&?
y y y =t y: ry a z sr y,'' i S a S r °s si 3 s M x k y� y
r £ a: '� *� r�s �, x .3t7cr ' sus "3 4 � #�u3, � M.� ,�._ .i a x ;--
3 T# a '"7{^,. + sr acs' ?i1`' 'Ex>,t "�nR ,s3 + '°'Y 8 Y§i. ° a s ✓`�`A t�,".u*'
J .ac k .r "Y t m �., A
,t ,, h t, s -as ra '# Fx�g z _aa P agF r: `*'m .' rri°yt,z. ro :y 7 `"4+ .,"•.x^..3 a '".$r.
t7, ,r '�, �:' s�"# Qqf ,: -fx"*a�-°�~,~ ',"d+'�,�' °f. r.;, - i r t is .t"ri "-
s r � ' a • N + ^r f .- +�,. fi t t rs"; ` hrs, - ^? # d 4„ :r Y 4.,i Y
^, st �, K to r -«r .�' 'z. ,r :, is s'cW?" x csi` -a, �""t�y ,,i" x'Sa s «`' ^'*w,
r
{ 1. a y, +- a r a, w +ym k - ,"s. ,,, 'rr b ,v, o.kxr. a,�+�c,q `�t- ,sc�i"p'T�-i e°�. 9 •'`,� .
k ,A 4.f ,a ` ,^t w,_ a�x 3, 4 :.--b +Fy.;. -''7 5 %ih `M. *'G' `s7" 'r r,�;.'v`•" r�+k:,a rTry " d, rs °. "r5 21
r ;` `� -�' 'k'r s 'a ��, '4 3 "r r .r:R`? f 3 e '7-' 4 r K ate` t: ,, x^ re :^ '+t°:a , # L ,;, iv
�^ �. 'i, t x 1' r R -.t. •Y r -_�# t"` a a., `K3x '£x'"ri, c` .' y .. t - l"
'r Viz. 5 a + ,� ,6 st: : .:. T4 t k t3'�,�'' k c�
11-r t , x yx :r a � 1,' .s e w. r rte'-*r� -s 3' „x?r a„ t .:� 2, �n rf 'a; fr
xA�a
,a > s a. a " •: t iy°` -�* n.a„ r �.'+�S#?s, `36'"" .. .11 ,.-,� r,`, c ., . ,* �r,£a'-
s r d e �i '� :,'k -+ a'r r ..ac rs 'F M" �a*'°.^ e + g, sir,.,;
W—,. *:ss. , k r r S a r'F^,, c ,,. 4 i"— ".�� ,t A,,�F�e'F� I.d . Fx.1"k *�"i+ � �s's'�-Y'y £-5"'��ai¢� a'" k 'aS
t - '* z + 'x - � '#,; 'f r q ry€ > +[`a'.,,�-x'°a -"-,-, 'tea w.' .' °'.`4 ,s' t -`''
x<£,� ,4* ¢. �. * ' ¢ 6 t a�,r Fa �1 ; `sa "c r�;c E`�.'""' [... ," `` s�'' c 3tl �;.; y.zm^# xr- " ',,r a b�," .pd
b C '"s fi i fa* i t- tr °' ,,,,, -5 �;"^'` s ay - a 'a.'1"�4 n 2, r+'r „X%I.^'11.x^. v 5", s r.1 ^# ti x '�' '_ -'-sr ,z 0 rf 4 � +4� t ^.?r q .. 4h'4 -"ac d�'..r #y f}q '
11 11 , k`y 3 '°: a ,p,a Y"� y ra `,`c sr 1i.F. -». .: aryr j�?i R 11
4:� r"`r:+'",, �-=a`a .K sir s fi- ,,��CCtr ,�uza 3.d"'e r t ,r`: ''tke^ ,% n`,.F." ,�'. '�r`-t'!a`:, '•-a�. '^ -' •',ill,' r3 §., 3,�,:'y. *f:`,r„g� k i t„ .E'a`'r' 5 $ �, ,,>-3,R a8E nj, r y,�v'w 'r a. :� - .r�r�,
a g4� ._, t*,J:r �. ,4P °aCt,` " ,'-a s :. .� " >yro - �x r -iY-r s' s A R ..a'kl �' 0, OX �."" ,rrs` 5
E,,- 5Cv ,,� ,c r a` R, ._-xs,s #. ".la," +c.r.Y :: ., } z_t-T t,^r��� 1',"5 , 9 'r,4,7 *qq-x,r,'s' "' ;K` i�- a..s e "
,s rya t s C ' x- .. ii i ., a'-K"` "a-e n 'a ifs. .*,;n'" s e.' ? fi's- t•_ t "r e^t~k 2a a '
.. ,� ,z: r a a a y +, # *,i �? t ^~•x"" er fir„s �"a se' z "k *Y, W� .r,"t'}f a'k a ,¢'UC 3 `n�- -r 1
s r X,. �,h s ::�-r 6 , `3' s,& f 4` kr: R, 9+'E ' ."t}.4 7 7 .s ,�3s�"
a' y �f (t '"K k 1- 4 4'..a•J h'. Y >.4AA y W nl'e}y�' $J y 4 } # #^.:�wf'-
k t s, ,�.. B. r :,p 't` �:.' r ,zs -U,r r#r ,..g�'.h, 4" a ;'
Y eF X s� c x .'°'y �`es`b`�+ #- : .a- x, , '7'L A �g�-e E"y'r a'a 5 .�. .A�,f a s "' fi` :fr c .a i 00 r ' .`a - ,�• .4..' �--.,fi z �, -s�'-,p ,. ,",4,--'.,k�, -to :.,� <'., r p ,'"� y vY fi'�, 5 t ,y r 'tk.° a
'`� -t ,.� 'x,-� °' '� ,- ., ,a d'_5f°'s r e "K'a �zP r'� _-�«s F �ts;A�z '' �"-
'� a 3:s s °,y,s�. - r e 4 * '3. t x -k"zsy. -� 'E 9'T � s'`.,rc 2 ,4,.t ty a :.(' p-3` ,q 4irr�y..
4 a s "�,+ �4 r: r ,h s #K x° ^,+ *'k h, 'f' '� tzi k t'� "f 7*'�.a. ..m¢ } i+,."i4 rim:In ,
s.; x- at ,+,- =--m<, oa,,.4,€'r:.,E, +, "c ; } .'r 'z a'$ Bye Y",x++.n � "�. "... ors r sw
-QAQQi
Oxon,* "TAX+. ,~$ i. ; ., r „s' !: "° s,a > do Vol ". x , t, { 5"YaL ,., 37y-t X ro ;; �' k} A c; $yr v. -
Q ' ,+ ?f ". r � ,+ 6 y, +-k ,'e, ,+- ', `x* -'*, .§ x' a r kj,. kr G.",d'3 };' �,k ; ,e.:'" t aars-+":ra-
{ +. "aa ➢ s '3: >+w ,-d, ,s`r < a''ss c >*rr '^ '^�-" :s,}� :,r'r r.,.?+ "tt ,fir- ,,,... k "";.a � _.
,+, s �. p .A y zr '< .. .3 x�,, "s'S ,p� s 7 £. Y %re a� .' i M}s, �,,+ {T �, 'r.e 4-,r n, 4 -,, a 11
�s si. ` '�'� `" y :y,k c m .y;t ";s' S. t K^#,3 i ktI Q mr. rt �' k "w 7 w` s� y .s ,Q F',
�:, 7 €�, r .y' k qt r i g 4 .. k"..�r '., a cy�"f&`kca.T'3s £°sf� 1+, - � "e z y k,1., a.
E h5 2v ro 3 v�P w as' sx
say �, t ,s,, `. ,` c,x £ �=a' t :, r i t -r, °6�s�" 's. V m' e'i '"E;, '" S7^ �, t-1
,` :-.,' q�#' w r"",x : r ;.z, �' .,.s- .,i z s ,w^':�°a a .a �. ri v. 1�i1 . e ,a a ,.I'c x`"'.,.z k a a. � "�
"` x „:. R+ z F_ ✓ „r T z s �t�;;c x ",E�tra"O P s :- -, j� ,, -£*„ r ,�z.,¢„ .` >'ys :� dam. z n-
,k W--"—""%=R' R }:... �zs �+ ' 7 ',a.Za f j'ri fi ak "r'a� ::.. ^t w �. , T„z* ;}a a 'f:' f .�� .i h..,;
—AM a. .^ ;. i , h +r - '` p n +."z.. y "' �, s is �. `p x �; L c `<'F'`a k 3
a. s ;-.a'a ,f - a t , F 3:� �.1 k . M ...e x s,";— °G..r';F fix, °s "f,k$, a y a` "",s�,u'izY�,
,x °i: �� -x ,s w f-.,> t z{'r r r' -x •4 ;�we. `,` .' s g ,,,z s,YK.�s '`- `.Y- r dt f 11
Y 3:;,'3"S,�Y- "+,. ,9fi e' r R ? "'p :. V `u fi Yx``i '- '>• y'"b �.�r 1r _ .5 . , :t2 + K .F: 'Mi�`�l-
- yr j'?' t .-'c ` ¢ -t•,- ,' <. � 3a"~�s{.1�"i ,� ,*, aa G a v ,".. Yv t ' c'q"_ k k '.c A `,w r z+ `�'.,5. z.
/ +`.t F< kip 5^ 7 Y �'` ' �5w 5 3 ,;, % z "+',f'v,'',;i j, e' .,E,'"f° Ksv ' s Y Y.,+r, ',.r�F�q a^
r "4 r x z =a s ''y,..t'.� �'" cB 9 - x ^n y 'd'� }'��. ,;, t ra # '^^+s L _ a sr'` t, qtr;` , ,'&ic. t `T .
': a '4 „.xrfi '_� 's 'fix yz},. : s r ? ,3 ,� ,, Y,, rf r,� e sa Y'�.,y -• - '- 't
•t''\,� y, t. 'R. r :yx. ,1 -1, r :3" c x 'yl Y 2
a fi se '� 3x"s tc ai,.f r-'^w S >a e k"« P3.. ` n s 4 a. te .+N ,y.A?' t a .b`" „ "":.
*C r+ Z,,, r s ..3 y i z Y ,`, "k3 "" # p,",M,^x y. z -s 4't i' T''c > 'S T 5i'R - tom',. tx t. ,,,. ;} -
.�1 x:tom 'c 3-K ,.,�},e x, W:^* �., _z y, A 4.,x 3a'R `a fx""`'"°' 's ..` � xj •,L,`x ��";•:4 + i- ,'�r.s¢r°�" .>' ¢4.' £, +
a 4;_�� r ":x a ...- y�"s, �^ ,�� '`"' ^> �` ,<}k w.=;:'* •^ . 1 's,P'� z+fi' t, ^j b •r.,;uw cw, ar m, s ad +rk,
a
..,., h' Pt x' '*r r 3 #r.,-.y k�' �y r ,.. ,a +,w Y.�'Sf"`k 'yb,:++'. 'k .9 r''� f' v y. F P. :
a4 ,. �t mSg of k
r t;. „- r i� >x, -'v: ., s .-.;? .r*vim"' ,r: l r ;``•_r�`1, . ,0,,��'"Xa°sr o- eu., ��'�n n#` „».�t,N3 t�"��',y K ,' _F,' N , *,:,l t, ���-;.-3 a,• f s �,
Y— �`4Y;:w a g, � l$-�r�- ;c fx;y v a�a Wk u r � 111 '_, Al 2.
("^�" 'iFY Y � ., F 'J.!h '. `} n:. d ,-:xr..'au�" A^"• T d :i. r'_ 'u°'.?"* k -x .W `•A - ' J- .;r.k.ma,. L �.x vqT s .i 4 C•
W+,41 n, �,, ,y, r ry r._ 9a 4` sL. I ry:" �^`.
uc._ ''>r "i' ., x_..�.s dry. t,'y n�+s.Fi 4 qi;,' vi 'a ,"d ay, � >:4 yv>'s..§3.' K _ 'a':'�w� '�`'F?i"� ,','?+` ., "` 4,• ,r^'
xf �r x r x s!4 -s '1v � 'r :<.'k t > £ ! .^".5 a`3 s'4 4? G� k+.r}�'ie ':,5 '.. s-s i. i'f cT z k3`a1 �,v'„ f ro °,"`s +'., -;,::.
g ..!164` "p ,f'iv '+ '' .'Yvi..-_ �`i.'4 j$Y ;:,„'kq fi '• "; --:h` >i e ;'`J''� ''''5• '°y p ,s`=',R '3r'. _ xY'° yx .;,ti•.
,r -.,I r',.t p- ros' 4-r'w�i,�°�D' 1. `YF ,t.,., '� ':~'ra �i.,4,�.� q..:.' M s6rir*, iX'F.a�dt '��.` {-` '§' ..t,k�a- i %un '&"� *€a' " 1. ,.,
+ . 15'xu,.;.�"r.: '°ai 'c'.FGk -- ''«aa4-ys'.`A �7- " �'sY�'<"��: A.# ��, +r,.�ty��, ��,�3"�,�"'.`�'h 'sr� '�' ' ,� °�,.�";✓ -�' �`-. '�, '�` ; g�`'s� ,r.�¢v
r. kv.,, „.Mfa ar 5a• .s' gx .'tit �`,�a.,e£'a° £ Y-.s# t .. "s ' x. ,�'"§ ` - >,t, ,
xw ,•s`ter:. <v' ;<' ..ax:�'a3 3 '.ate'"+: `• a�# k'.:*+'' :� ,"�.' .•,'-. h, zK'R 'tea.:-f*s,.x v'`�r "' ,, � 'a :,t r �, '.�,;ar �.F'
" .. Y-nun, �I-, �`' I A- jt ' -a „ •3a a j¢ ' ;�.�.-x x t 4��'4�1.r 4<, ;c.;awz_ -,. d` n .nr s - #� : .h`},'�#".`r. . ax rt{ b
.pt'' 'f .' 'y �a v "Y Y -, U, + 'kr ., p -"„f 4'k. :Lys ise,FY. �" j-'�.. XY"v', �F Y Lam:.. 1'f ti t'i h}AY.'Y� '�+ �.zft.,ar z '� - 'v7. f. ,; �r� i x?' F,; «'^z kx"-t.,a.-� s sk?=� x w E"'., R va, a. ;s '° ', A1,.,$i;C q, jj k a�t
c3 it rc,xt, 'h f r ..: y' r Sa''s? '-t. 4 " k ". „ "i` fir; a .y
r.. ? :x at .,a t 'fix '°" r� 3 Y r} s: E 51. �A .,a - n a; }
:ptY ,� ,... t.° ,+ "` «:k rr r :' ,r ",� 31 X` z Y " z - "`i" ' 4s tr, ....¢ �'a y:°`" >s�
5,1 ;4,0, �..-,.� .y =r 1 ,r. :: k.1.. y r d:::e s� "A .j, :r Y _rtia't' �Y. �n v-: ✓r;a:ws .t3+ 3+". f,. ..r#° / g " g;•;
c s iaA s.# 5;,e, .r -'` 's �s ?' 3,.c n: ~ $"�x�' `"„fir nr
d _. ,� w r �r ?xi f " irk£ n r ; s s 4 i;' a fi"
a t ... �. P Y"v Y ^� °S` a x-4 g,.,,4. :�.F i.; ti. S - rw
a" Es:a''ax" ,."`E'`:g=.r. s�8 b F° an-- 1 xn` .i:t' ":z'a' "t,5,,! ^-s s`` a� `, ',i•', �``2�-' �'i'Nr ;-(f et, t;�£, rn F: *` '„e .�5'+` " •' T I'll
s,,+t?G a.-'S'� r g�a :a a" '€ •_ ,+ .+a F l`.far,w. . 1,` ,a "?-' >F:a e�. .ter .r y3s,, '' n
, ., ''S`e 1 # >;,es `r',' t '"�: �' �r �ir, S�`"' .F; .aF- ''`fin' k x ' 'L'ks` xnY f, '•'r.,,..+` 1 .� :
. x•-
'r^" F !.,°r -:.rR`.. rte*. *. �"c4 ^v urs .,aTz.-..a.� ,}�y„'eg..a i-' t c-..- I,,,', �, ,s ;* <?'rri&4F -z`
3 _ •r y'� 3 ">f. t f"� ;,,,,, r t ^� '�" a 4 t c ,a„r, +YC. ` x ry i .-
t u 'y* r '� .�. #. a ,°'a x ` ` k xi a�'� s ',r, , z " 4 z ymr ' 3 >tr x r
c d +� �. �S
1 ,.,.yk r .i�w'
,t ' 't 4 } }
R r r r Y '�,'.. ,'Jn-�.rL .T III,,- sr` f'�.r r F 2 fit€ ,.,.,° w .' t Y a § f
t' ° Y k r5t,ki aF r d. i a a .r Y �„ ,y %wrL n� _ t �,. ,r :l e "d w `sC
�, .q . "�'. k'-. -t t r a^;; JS `� rK 4 t t ,� 3 -u'fi ., y r; t s-
a r ," ti , ' Y ,� , t , i '
M *� �,t ';,. ,a `� ,,n c F`` z r^ { a� 7 � �'�4 < ,r p "a �' i �C Gs a s t; '>r;.
1 v r. a �� � ° a „ 5 M �
"1 o- b§" # § a f
, „�
r,.'k - 'rka ° r' "k2 a wr ,x 6 ti s §R ''” '" s a s }.
t a... '9,:mac v "' ,� ° «f € r 4 £ ti "` - .r �.
" �,
M1 "`i ,'-,- Yk A `! b> 4 7 t ,ry ai yi ,s $ ti;C r ; r �-r
r �, s $ ;k£' S's fl " « �''° t z y'"'t3a, st3 ° � x w ��,.,
a F ° M �. `s t ty, ,3i ,� ,G,.`G'p s g ? t >c rt v e _§* x
F 1 Jam; ?k M . e �'� .i «€ ,7`. 5J^ }' T ' 1 i P' r _ #:.
r �' rE
�' v y r t k Y
4
'� x .." ,I`¢ �T k r P r 3 gi ,r" Y- s� yl'"'' r ,,,.+ r aS`-4 s -
§ k� „ x , x r .?' YI '''aq ^h',R >4a n fi a o r , } B
`y,k ,_ ,"P ry .,.r v�„�, t ::pmt :�`` v -v. s,�'.S°1 y 7
n- -s 11 �� j d, t r'S" :Y '� y. �., t 7 �R C ti
a x t i a a
� 4", +. c . rT7 x - p :a,- „s ''$«r
7 - +` �.-, ' `" `
s `' `'} +'d -y G
}l S .« �t' x
3 t ', x 4;, �
x
rh a s - VI. ? t, ? rar y x z .. r 1 x �-n �,
E r . ,-e' qty m ? �1,,'t`�"�. ?.t r ,_ .,I* '� $ a ¢
s. k.. e 7 -' ,n� ,. ss ter, ti
t 4= 9 4 1 F. .# J� 'x^ 'tv. 9 F^'e' _ '�` d '.Y . f''" ',+
s f '� ! x `t h ti t,'I fir. easy C-to a*,� y�`` k«' r #. ;§ { "�Y`� ^, t- x b`C _ �, _.,� �
{, ; Z .. yg ..: 3+ I. 3 d < YJ wt, Nl t,l d F t f F ; 1'%. F
11- p i. '!'.r' *- :..�` Y y. .: {r_ �-,a r y -5,2.�F � k T @ r?. a<. o-
�` "' t '". # .T r� t t{ t aw�y iM k Ii i."� s 'X, `¢ F.
rt
n f ��' X
Ya.:. °� i y 1 s r x F n ., 4 ,n b�'as*' r ,+a... F
,k Y xr... M1A� : rt x 3}� $F
;), �,, � 1�1� "I� , ,
` � '
, "
t r
Y
T
eve-
° a 3 S. t a ,.t.tY
Y '? ,# ° y, i 3 ,..k d' �' tt.z "" _ §y +.- :"S"YYn �. yy 'c ''�' `� .a .t' , 4 0 '�
s
s �;
I W, z s'' z `,r "
.ty, ,I — '� a 1�' Z 7 = 9K a -r.Y,.r Z r '�be Fi 3 i g am, , T' z S 7,I� x` r ` 1 a
-11 �'I'
-> 'a' t 7*` `.',,'� ry t r' r `= s^x }a ua r_ t sa ,� y-_ �, ,` pk yx
t- a
_ Gx a j; . .r e ,- ^ ,y„ w.�a ,a s
^ .0 t,r A}X. J �s'� ✓' . ' ^y, t s nS' � �C, a ? { y q_YI X . "e+T
'C-r k."f.ra ti 4 t xa -} ..,s.�7 t t:. tt,."y� , s', fi ah }} �, _ ry =g f a
I' ��}},4, +
' a r ,,, +Y +' '� fir' � :r a i,y r ��, y .0 t ^ tea&,11 f s x� �. �. +-��-.�� ; �. y` z,,^ 3 -� ¢ t r"p t f s
.+ '� w 4 v,u .,, ..� a xr ai S ', �` .,a,1.
*'7 x i3 tc u� °• z i i s t r a ^� "? I+. #r.� sF'^W�%� a 't {
H
r ° n 5 ....
a y '� ,� t s...x i' y t ' :� � r
' " -,.,,a ,k y r7 e r x. m r t `�R v ,� 3° y, k s,,41
y I*t '> .r �,11 P s'+'a k r §L�I s
$ r r
y r �'','. n7r. y7+cr x _s .'y � "�i w` r ,s t,.F f t4 't § c i Y. '` t" r 11
L r .
;' y k 1a :i2 4p �� 1 '' , ° d. '.j_ , 7 k ;a.'s bv: a z z- 11
1.R`'° �- b `� 'FS 2 y f^r < 1... °'�^;r w°tty,,,, r z r ) �Z+,�.,� t 't r"a c tr >� �, s. ,.
¢ ,µ`S.. §`-. f : € 4 f } 4 G. T - emu+I _r 4 e � ri s, s
* �; r�' a I s ' a f x r� ,_. t_�-',.� �l;�,"11,� � - , _r�--,� "�",,r,", .,� ' ' I,;,, ; - , - "I "I ' ', �,,,,� _�, 9-"",��' .a a a? Bs_ S 1 S ^' S r ! �1.11. - , "', -,;�','. , ,,,� � I I --�',.�.'4,:- 1��11�,� "1�',,�', � ,.: _", ' S
I i, 1,r I- "r'I,-,r", I "rrr _d ` # _; 'F- ,,
_, � . -
K 4 y > ✓ 5y ^, xr, �_ _,,,r